Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 203

RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP)

For

Core Banking Solution (CBS)

For

Supply, Installation, Implementation of Centralized Core Banking


Software, Data Migration, Data Integration, Networking (WAN),
Facility Management on Turnkey Basis

For

The West Bengal State Cooperative Bank Ltd

Page: 1 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

Table of Contents
SECTION 1 : INTRODUCTION...................................................................................7
1.1 Project Overview: ......................................................................................................... 7
1.2 Project Objective........................................................................................................... 7
1.3 Bank's Solution Requirements..................................................................................... 7
1.4 Components of the Application Software ................................................................... 8
1.5 Brief Scope of Work...................................................................................................... 9
1.6 Support for the Project............................................................................................... 10
1.7 Warranty: .................................................................................................................... 10
1.8 Connectivity: ............................................................................................................... 11
1.9 Connectivity Architecture. ......................................................................................... 11
1.10 Sale of Bid Document.................................................................................................. 11
1.11 Transferability of Tender Document. ....................................................................... 12
1.12 Misplacement of Tender Document: ......................................................................... 12
1.13 Terminology used in the RFP .................................................................................... 12
1.14 Pre-bid Discussions, Place, Time and Date:.............................................................. 12
1.15 Address at which the Bids are to be Submitted........................................................ 13
1.16 Last Date and Time of Receipt of Bid: ...................................................................... 13
1.17 Place, Date and Time of opening of Pre-qualification Bid: ..................................... 13
1.18 Submission of Bids ...................................................................................................... 13
1.19 Procedure of Evaluation ............................................................................................. 13
1.20 Evaluation of Technical Bids ..................................................................................... 14
1.21 Software Evaluation Methodology ............................................................................ 15
1.22 Evaluation of Commercial Bid: ................................................................................. 16
1.23 Right to Negotiate........................................................................................................ 16
1.24 Contract Agreement ................................................................................................... 16
SECTION 2 : ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA FOR BIDDERS........................................17
2.1 Bidder's General Qualification .................................................................................. 17
2.2 Minimum Eligibility Criteria ..................................................................................... 17
SECTION 3 : DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK ..........................................................20
3.1 Functional Requirement............................................................................................. 20
3.2 Data Migration ............................................................................................................ 20
3.3 Data Archival .............................................................................................................. 20
3.4 Provision of Test Environment .................................................................................. 21
3.5 Audit Tools .................................................................................................................. 21
3.6 Performance Metrics/Service Level Parameters...................................................... 21

Page: 2 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

3.7 Training ....................................................................................................................... 21


3.8 Benchmark Reports .................................................................................................... 22
3.9 Gap Identification and Resolution: ........................................................................... 22
3.10 Test Data ...................................................................................................................... 22
3.11 Implementation of Core Banking Project................................................................. 22
3.12 Timeline: -.................................................................................................................... 24
3.13 Hardware Requirement.............................................................................................. 24
3.14 Wide Area Network (WAN) Connectivity ................................................................ 25
3.15 Facility Management. ................................................................................................. 25
3.16 Antivirus ...................................................................................................................... 26
SECTION 4 : PROCEDURE OF SUBMISSION OF BIDS ......................................27
4.1 Phases of Bidding ........................................................................................................ 27
4.2 Submission of Bids ...................................................................................................... 27
4.3 Documents Comprising the Bids: .............................................................................. 28
SECTION 5 : OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR BIDS: .......................29
5.1 Criteria for Rejection of Bids..................................................................................... 29
5.2 Acceptance of the Bid. ................................................................................................ 29
5.3 Cross Checking............................................................................................................ 29
5.4 Absence of Specifications: .......................................................................................... 30
5.5 Cost Involved in Tendering........................................................................................ 30
5.6 Pre-bid Conference. .................................................................................................... 30
5.7 Amendment to Tender Document. ............................................................................ 30
5.8 Withdrawal of Bid Proposal....................................................................................... 30
5.9 Earnest Money Refund............................................................................................... 31
5.10 Site Visit. ...................................................................................................................... 31
5.11 Warranty. .................................................................................................................... 31
5.12 Proprietary / Patent rights. ........................................................................................ 32
5.13 Validity of the Bid:...................................................................................................... 32
5.14 Right to Accept or Reject any Bid. ............................................................................ 32
5.15 Discretion to Procure or not to Procure Some Items............................................... 33
5.16 Additional Information / Clarification...................................................................... 33
SECTION 6 : TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT..................................34
6.1 Use of Tender Documents and Other Information .................................................. 34
6.2 Change in the Minimum Specified Work ................................................................. 35
6.3 Changes in the Contract Agreement. ........................................................................ 35
6.4 Delivery Period............................................................................................................ 35

Page: 3 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

6.5 Warranty Period and Maintenance Services............................................................ 37


6.6 Responsibility of CBSP vendor. ................................................................................. 37
6.7 Responsibility of the Bank.......................................................................................... 42
6.8 Price Fall ...................................................................................................................... 42
6.9 Inspection /Testing of items /Equipments:................................................................ 42
6.10 Invoicing....................................................................................................................... 42
6.11 Condition of the item supplied. .................................................................................. 43
6.12 Acceptance Test for Hardware. ................................................................................. 43
6.13 Acceptance Test for Software. ................................................................................... 44
6.14 Payment Schedule. ...................................................................................................... 44
6.15 Refund of Security Deposit......................................................................................... 45
6.16 Change in Company Structure. ................................................................................. 45
6.17 Compliance with Laws / Permits:.............................................................................. 45
6.18 Forfeiture of Earnest Money...................................................................................... 45
6.19 Termination of the Contract ...................................................................................... 46
6.20 Consequences of Termination.................................................................................... 46
6.21 Unavoidable Circumstances....................................................................................... 47
6.22 Insurance of the items................................................................................................. 47
6.23 Escrow Mechanism ..................................................................................................... 47
6.24 Arbitration................................................................................................................... 48
6.25 Acquaintance with all conditions............................................................................... 48
6.26 Commercial Terms & Conditions. ............................................................................ 48
6.27 Revision/Modification of RFP.................................................................................... 49

Page: 4 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

INVITATION FOR BIDS

Ref No. HO/MD/Sectt/73/2009-10 Date: 24/08/2009

1. THE WEST BENGAL STATE COOPERATIVE BANK LTD intends to implement


CORE BANKING SOLUTION in its Branches, Regional Offices and Head Office in
the districts of Kolkata, North 24 Parganas, South 24 Parganas, Coochbehar, Jalpaiguri
and Darjeeling.
2. The SCOPE OF WORK envisages a complete TURNKEY SOLUTION which includes
procurement, installation and maintenance of Hardware, System Software, Application
Software, Networking (Wide Area Network-WAN), establishment of Data Centre (Except
Civil Work) at Head Office of User Bank and Disaster Recovery Center (DRC), IT
Resource and implementation of Core Banking solution including customization and
parameterization, Training and Handholding Support for the Branches / Offices.
3. Interested bidders may obtain further information from the office of the Managing
Director, West Bengal State Cooperative Bank, 24A, Waterloo Street (3rd Floor),
Kolkata700069, India.
4. A complete set of Request for Proposals (RFP) may be purchased by the interested
bidders on submission of a written application, in duplicate, from the West Bengal State
Cooperative Bank HO, Computer Department, 2nd floor, 24 A, Waterloo street, Kolkata-
700069 or downloaded from the website www.banglarmukh.com. In case the bidder
downloads the RFP from the Internet the bidder should enclose the purchase price of the
RFP in the form of DD/ Pay order/ Manager's cheque in favour of the West Bengal State
Cooperative Bank Ltd payable at Kolkata, along with the bid in a separate envelop
marked BID PRICE.
5. The RFP/ bid documents can also be obtained from the above address during office hours
on all working days during working hours starting from 24/08/2009 and upto 03/09/2009.
6. The details are hereunder:
6.1 Bid Reference:
6.2 Price of RFP : Rs. 10,000/- (Rupees ten thousand only)
6.3 EMD : Rs.15.00 lakh
6.4 Last date & Time of receipt of bid 23/09/2009 by 3 P.M.
6.5 Date, time and place of holding pre bid conference: 09/09/2009 at 11 A.M. at the
Conference Hall of Head Office of the Bank.
6.6 Date and time of opening of pre-qualification bid; 09/10/2009 at 12 Noon
6.7 Date and time of opening of Technical bid: 30/10/2009 at 2.30 P.M.

Page: 5 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

6.8 Subsequent to Evaluation of Technical Bid, Commercial Bid will be called for
from the selected / qualified Bidders (of Technical Bid). The Date of floating of
Commercial bid will be notified subsequently along-with the relevant particulars
and criteria for evaluation. The Date and Time of opening of Commercial Bid
will be notified at that time
6.9 Place of submission and opening of bids: West Bengal State Cooperative Bank,
Head office, 3rd floor, 24 A, Waterloo street, kolkata-700069
7. The entire process of selection will be covered in two Phases. In the first Phase, it would
be for Pre-qualification and Technical. In the second Phase it would be for
Commercial. Those Bidders who will qualify in the first Phase will be eligible for
participating in the Commercial Bid. In the first Phase, the bidder will have to submit
both “Pre-qualification Bid” and “Technical Bid”. However, these two bids will have
to be put in two separate envelopes marked accordingly at a time. The “Pre-
qualification Bid” will be evaluated first and if the bidder qualifies in the pre-
qualification bid, only then the “Technical Bid” of the qualified bidders will be
evaluated. The “Commercial Bids” will be asked in the second Phase from those
bidders only who qualify in “Technical Bid”.

8. The “Pre-qualification Bid” and “Technical Bid “ must be submitted in separate


sealed covers superscribed with separate titles together with the price of RFP and EMD
(Earnest Money deposit), which should be submitted in a separate envelope marked “Cost
of RFP/EMD”. Thus, there will be three separate envelopes each superscribed / marked
as mentioned herein before. All these three envelopes should be kept in a sealed cover
superscribed with separate title “Bid for comprehensive Centralized Core banking
solution with integrated Wide Area Network Project for the W.B.S.C.B. Ltd."

9. Detailed scope of work, procedure of submission of RFP, eligibility criteria, procedure of


selection of vendor etc. are mentioned in the RFP document.

10. The WEST BENGAL STATE COOPERATIVE BANK reserves the right to accept or
reject in part or in full any or all the offers without assigning any reason whatsoever.

Managing Director
The West Bengal State Cooperative Bank Ltd.

Page: 6 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

SECTION 1 : INTRODUCTION
1.1 Project Overview:
The west Bengal State Cooperative Bank is a scheduled bank included in the 2nd schedule
of the Reserve Bank of India and incorporated in 1918 under the West Bengal
Cooperative Societies Act. It is the Apex body (Federation) of District Central
Cooperative Banks through which it chanellizes farm and non-farm sector loans under
NABARD refinance schemes to PACS (Primary Agriculture Credit Cooperatives. As of
now it has 43 branches, three Regional offices and Head Office located in Kolkata, North
24 Parganas, South 24 Parganas, Jalpaiguri, Darjeeling and Coochbehar districts through
which it carries commercial banking activities and also finances DCCBs, Other
Cooperatives and also PACS directly in absence of District Central Cooperative Banks in
three districts. It also has a staff-training center in Salt Lake, Kolkata.

Following are the financial / business position of the Bank as on 31.3.2009


Net worth: 139 Crore
Working Capital: 4883 Crores
Deposits: 3368 Crores
Advances: 2170 Crores
Investments: 2507 Crores

1.2 Project Objective.


The West Bengal State Cooperative Bank runs in its 39 branches an Application software
named 'Pentabank' with modules supporting all types of Deposit products, Loans and
Advances (except loans to DCCB and PACS). It also makes Treasury operations at the
HO through RTGS/CBLO. The Bank intends to deploy a Centralized Core Banking
Solution (CBS) in all its Branches, Regional Offices, and HO with a view to offering
Anywhere Any Branch Banking, ATM facility, Internet Banking and Phone Banking to
clients and centralized monitoring of MIS and Reports. The existing delivery channels
should, therefore, be seamlessly integrated during migration and thereafter for un-
interrupted services to its customers and all its interested parties. Considering these facts
the proposed solution should be scalable to handle a minimum of 75 business units taking
into consideration the Branches / Offices/ Business units opening in future.

1.3 Bank's Solution Requirements.

Page: 7 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

1.3.1 The CBS would need to technologically enable all Banking functionalities
/ products like Deposits, Advances, Retail / Corporate Loans, Credit
Monitoring / NPA Management, Clearing and Collection functions, Term
Lending including Agriculture Loan, Customer Information System,
General Ledger, MIS and reports, etc., as per branch activities. The
software solution should also, inter-alia provide for Head Office, HR &
Payroll Module, Treasury / CBLO etc with MIS.
1.3.2 The Bidder should provide a FULL solution keeping in mind the current
requirements as per RBI guidelines and as per Co-operative rules, and
keep provision for integration / interface with other systems like
RTGS/NEFT etc.
1.3.3 The CBS application software should be Customer Centric (single view of
all accounts of a customer) and follow the KYC (Know Your Customer)
guideline.
1.3.4 Interface with the CBS with delivery channels like ATM, Internet
Banking, Phone Banking, SMS Banking as and when they may be
introduced.
1.3.5 The Bank may introduce new products / services by building interfaces
where required, through various delivery channels, for which the CBS
should provide interface.
1.3.6 The vendor should prepare their Data migration tools and the data should
be migrated to the proposed solution for all the branches being converted
to CBS. The vendor has to migrate the existing data with all transaction
history of all accounts (available at bank) into their proposed solution.
1.3.7 The bidder/vendor’s CBS solution should be browser based and run on
ORACLE RDBMS and UNIX of any brand (with support) as Operating
System at Data Centre (Database level) and MS-WINDOWS will be the
Operating Systems in the Front end.

1.4 Components of the Application Software


The application software should support the following:
• Any Time Anywhere Banking
• Internet Banking

Page: 8 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

• Tele banking
• ATM connectivity
• SMS Banking
• Mobile Banking
• Asset Liability Management
• Treasury / Fund & Investment Management
• NPA Management
• H R Management
• Disaster Recovery Management

1.5 Brief Scope of Work.

A brief description of the envisaged scope of work is enumerated below which includes:
1.5.1 Deployment and maintenance of Servers, Storage racks, Network and security
components as required for the CBS at the Data Center and Disaster Recovery
Centre. The bank will float a separate tender for setting up of a Data Centre at the
Head Office of the Bank. The Disaster Recovery Centre will be on Hosted model.
1.5.2 To put in place a Primary Network (by taking Bandwidth from a suitable
service provider by User Bank) and provide redundant network bandwidth
links between the branches, offices, Data Centre (DC) and Disaster
Recovery Centre.
1.5.3 Migration of all data of computerized branches from the legacy system to the
required platform of Core Banking application. For the branches which are still
running on manual basis either fully or partly (in respect of some modules),
required data to be inputted on sample basis so as to facilitate a smooth
computerization of branches under CBS.
1.5.4 Provide facility management for the Primary Data Centre, Disaster Recovery
Centre and the Networking Systems provided as part of the Tender for a period of 3
years

The detailed requirements are given separately on each area under the “Detailed Scope of
Work”. However, the Bank reserves its rights to change the scope of the RFP considering
the size and variety of requirements and changing business conditions or for any other
purpose which the Bank may deem fit.

Page: 9 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

1.6 Support for the Project


The Bank would require following supports from the vendor.
1.6.1 Project Management: The Bidder who will be awarded the contract will carry
complete responsibility of managing the project including, Maintaining software
and hardware along with the Network connectivity and Data Migration till the
clearance of the acceptance test of the project as defined under the various phases
by the Technical Committee of the Bank with effect from the date on which
acceptance certificate for successful commission of system is issued by the Bank.
The manual data entry work will be supervised by the vendor.
1.6.2 Software Support: The Bidder will also provide free onsite support for software
that may include incorporation of requisite changes in the software and
documentation for a period of 3 years after successful implementation / first “live
run” of the respective module duly certified by the Bank. This support includes,
providing solution to the day-to-day problems that may be encountered due to
any of the constituents of the System Software, Application Software, and Data
etc. It may also include minor changes in the software and customization required
for report generation.
1.6.3 Facility Management: The Bidder will operate and maintain the IT
infrastructure for all the components provided as part of this RFP. The vendor
will have to set up Help Desk at the Head Office of the Bank for providing
support to branches on 24 x 7 bases. The User Bank will provide all infrastructure
support to the vendor for creating set up of Help Desk. The Scope of work is
provided in section 3.15.

1.7 Warranty:
The Bidder is required to provide satisfactory service during the Warranty period as
specified in clause 5.11 of Section 5. The Warranty shall be deemed to commence from
the date of issue of acceptance certificate of the Network, Application software and
Hardware after successful completion of the final acceptance test. The vendor must
have a satisfactory arrangement to receive and attend complaints which includes online
receiving system of complaints from Branches / Offices by creating a web-enabled
facility. Vendor shall also record each and every complaint received verbally,
telephonically, through web-enabled service, e-mail etc. and action taken thereof shall
be recorded in a logbook to be maintained at the H.O of the Bank at Kolkata.

Page: 10 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

1.8 Connectivity:
The connectivity is to be implemented in a redundant configuration i;e all the branches
will be connected with Data Center primarily through layered Leased Lines ( in a
rudimentary Meshed network configuration ) which will act as the primary connectivity
medium and for the back-up (fail over) to be provided over ISDN connectivity. The
following will be the bandwidth for the leased line based Wide Area Network (WAN)
connectivity;
(a) Branches in Kolkata 64 Kbps
(b) Branches in North 24 Parganas 64 Kbps
(c) Branches in South 24 Parganas 64 Kbps
(d) Branches in Coochbehar 64 Kbps
For remote Branches, where Lease-line and ISDN lines are unavailable, the
connectivity will be on V-SAT in Single layer.

1.9 Connectivity Architecture.


All the Branches and offices will get terminated at the Data Centre at the Head Office.
The Connectivity between the various branches / Offices / DC / DR will be as per the
following Diagram.

Data
Centre DR Site

HO Branch 1 Branch 2 Branch n RO 1 RO 2 RO 3

1.10 Sale of Bid Document.


1.10.1 A complete set of Bid documents can be purchased by the bidders on
submission of a written application to the Managing Director, West
Bengal State Cooperative Bank Ltd (WBSCB) on payment of non

Page: 11 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

refundable fee for Rs. 10,000/= (Rupees Ten thousand only) through
Demand Draft / Pay Order/ Manager’s Cheque on any scheduled bank
drawn in favour of “The West Bengal State Co-operative Bank Ltd.”
payable at Kolkata.
1.10.2 Tender document will be available for purchase from 10.00 A.M to 4.00
P.M. on all working days and from 10.00 A.M to 12 noon on Saturdays
starting from 24/8/2009 to 03/9/2009.
1.10.3 The bid should be valid for 180 days from the date of opening of the
Commercial Bid.

1.11 Transferability of Tender Document.


This tender document is not transferable.

1.12 Misplacement of Tender Document:


The Bank will not be responsible for any postal delay about non-receipt / non-
delivery of the document tendered by the Bidders / Vendors.

1.13 Terminology used in the RFP


1.13.1 The term “bidder” means the firm/ company who submits the bid.
1.13.2 The term “Vendor” means the bidder who is awarded the contract and who
subsequently signs the agreement with the Bank.
1.13.3 “Bank” means The West Bengal State Cooperative Bank Ltd.
1.13.4 “PACS” means Primary Agriculture Credit Cooperative Societies affiliated to
bank.
1.13.5 “DCCB” means District Central Cooperative Banks affiliated to Bank
1.13.6 “CBSP” means Core Banking Solution Provider.

1.14 Pre-bid Discussions, Place, Time and Date:


Bidders may submit their queries in regard to RFP document either in writing or
through e-mail (mdwbscb @rediffmail.com ) to the Managing Director, West
Bengal State Co-operative Bank Ltd, 24A, Waterloo Street, 3rd floor , Kolkata-
700069 at least four (4) days ahead of the per- bid conference. In the pre-bid
discussions, only those queries which will be received by the Bank either in writing
or through e-mail upto 4 days before the pre-bid conference will be replied and no
other queries of bidders will be entertained. The pre-bid conference will be held in

Page: 12 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

the Board Room of the Bank on 09/09/2009 at 11.00 A.M. In the pre-bid
conference not more than 2 (two) authorized representative of the bidder who has
purchased the tender paper will be allowed.

1.15 Address at which the Bids are to be Submitted.


Managing Director
The West Bengal State cooperative Bank Ltd;
24A, Waterloo Street, 3rd Floor, Kolkata-700069
Phones : (033) 2248-8491/8492, (033) 2436-3572

1.16 Last Date and Time of Receipt of Bid:


Bids will be received upto 3.00 P.M. on 23/09/2009

1.17 Place, Date and Time of opening of Pre-qualification Bid:


Board Room of the Bank on 09/10/2009 at 12 Noon.

1.18 Submission of Bids


All bids prepared in accordance with the procedure enumerated at section 4 should
be submitted both in hard copies and soft copies to the office of the Managing
director, WBSCB on or before 23/09/2009. Before submission of the bids please go
through the Annexure-XI and ensure that all the required documents / papers /
information have been furnished properly.

1.19 Procedure of Evaluation


1.19.1 Pre-qualification bids (As per format mentioned in Annexure-I(A) & Annexure-I
(B) would be evaluated first by the “Evaluation Committee” of the Bank.
1.19.2 After evaluation of Pre-qualification bid, Technical bids (as per Annexure-III(A)
and Annexure-III(B)) would be opened for the bidders who have qualified in the
Pre- qualification bid.
1.19.3 Technical bids would then be evaluated by the evaluation committee as per
procedure laid down under clause 1.20.
1.19.4 Technical bids shall be evaluated in the following steps:
(a) The documents furnished by the bidder will be examined to see whether
the qualification and specification requirement mentioned for centralized
banking software, networking and system software along with necessary
hardware are fulfilled.

Page: 13 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

(b) The bidders will also be required to make a presentation to the evaluation
committee covering all aspects of the solution. Thereafter, bank may visit
live sites where Bidder’s CBS software is running and Bidder has to
arrange for a full demo of the working software at his own cost.
(c) The System offered by the Bidder will be required to be tested for bench-
marking in respect of Response time, Performance, Bandwidth
requirement, and the Software functionality requirement etc.

1.19.5 Conditional bids shall be rejected. Bids rejected during any round of evaluation
will not be entertained for the next evaluation stage and no representation
thereafter will be considered.
1.19.6 The Bank shall have absolute discretion in applying the selection criteria as listed
in the RFP documents for short listing of the bidders.

1.20 Evaluation of Technical Bids


1.20.1 There will be a thorough technical evaluation of the Core Banking
Solution proposed by the vendors. The Server(s), Routers, Switches,
Firewall, Operating System, Database, Application Software (for
banking) and others technology based products will be evaluated based
on various parameters. The Application software will be evaluated based
on the functionality (as per requirements laid down in Annexure – IV(A)
), Any additional feature beyond the requirements as mentioned in
Annexure IV(A), Report generation capability, Application security,
User-friendliness, Look & feel, etc.

1.20.2 The manner of Evaluation of Software Functionality is detailed in


Annexure – IV (B).The Total Marks in Software Segment is 800.

1.20.3 The Total Marks in the entire Technical segments is allotted as 1600
(including 800 for CBS Software).

1.20.4 Marks obtained in various segments will be added together and the
highest scorer will be treated as the Benchmark (i.e. 100%). The marks
obtained by other bidders will be converted to a percentage with respect
to the highest scoring bidder (i.e. with respect to the benchmarks of
100% obtained by the highest scorer). This means that the highest score
obtained by a Bidder will be treated as the Benchmark i.e 100.

1.20.5 Only the vendors who get at least 90% marks with respect to the
Benchmark percentage of 100 as per para 1.20.4 above will be
considered eligible for participating in Commercial bid.

Page: 14 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

1.20.6 After evaluation of Technical Bids in the manner as laid down above, if
it is found that a minimum of three bidders do not get the qualifying
marks, the first three top scoring vendors will be asked to participate in
the second phase i.e. in the Commercial bid.

1.21 Software Evaluation Methodology


The complete application software will be viewed as consisting of various
modules. All the modules of the CBS software will be evaluated thoroughly.
The Annexure IV(A) containing the items that will be evaluated is enclosed
with the RFP. The marking of the items will be based on the following
parameters:
Requirement : Mandatory / Desirable / Optional from the Bank’s end.
Availability : Available / Customizable / Unavailable from the vendor’s
end.

The marking strategy for the items is as follows:

Requirement
Available Customizable Unavailable
/ Availability
Mandatory 10 6 0
Desirable 6 3 0
Optional 4 2 0

Apart from the above, each line-item has been assigned a weightage, which
is a respective multiplier to the above marks. Marks of each module will
then be aggregated.

In addition to the items that will be evaluated as per Annexure-IV, the


application software will also be evaluated for the following two items.

Look and Feel of the Software: 10%


Marks for Additional Features: 10%

The Vendor has to indicate suitably the additional features of various


Modules of their Software which are additional to the list of line items in the
as mentioned in the Annexure – IV(A).

The number is translated to 100 for each module. Each Module is also
having respective weightage, which is factored suitably to ultimately yield
the total marks in the Application Software category. The marks is reckoned
as 800 in aggregate for this segment.

However, to be technically qualified all the vendor must have to obtain a


minimum of level of marks in respective modules as indicated in Annexure
– IV(B) in respect of Software Evaluation methodology.

In case any other module e.g Anti Money Laundering, Forex, Cheque
Truncation etc are built into the Software, the same may be indicated- which

Page: 15 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

however will not be within the scope of evaluation by awarding marks but
for taking a suitable view subsequently in regard to acquisition / deployment
of the same.

1.22 Evaluation of Commercial Bid:

After the Technical Bid, the Vendors who will qualify in this segment will be
given the Format for Quoting for the Commercial bid.

While the detailed manner of Commercial Evaluation will be indicated at that


point of time, the methodology followed will be based on the Total Cost of
Ownership based on

Capital Cost: - Hardware,


- Networking Equipments,
- Software – OS / Database
- Application Software (including Cost of -
Customisation of Software)

Revenue Cost: - AMC Cost for a span of 3 years for Hardware as


well as Software
- Cost of Anti Virus Software and Deployment
- Facility Management for 3 years
- Handholding for 7 days
- Cost of Training as per RFP
Bandwidth Cost:

1.23 Right to Negotiate


After the Evaluation of Commercial Bid, the Bank reserves the right to negotiate
with the selected bidder, if required.

1.24 Contract Agreement


After finalization of Commercial Bid, a Contract Agreement and Service Level
Agreement (SLA) will be signed between the selected bidder and the Bank. The
selected bidder will have to submit 10% of the total cost of solution as performance
guarantee from any scheduled bank. The amount and period of the performance
guarantee will be for the respective amounts and duration of the respective services.

Page: 16 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

SECTION 2 : ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA FOR BIDDERS

2.1 Bidder's General Qualification


The RFP is open to all firms / companies both from within India and outside India who
are eligible to do business in India under relevant Indian laws as in force at the time of
bidding. Core Banking Solution Provider (CBSP) can also be the consortium of two or
more companies, which jointly fulfill the eligibility conditions as listed below:

2.1.1 The bid shall be signed by the Core Banking Solution Provider (CBSP) for
providing the Solution and shall be countersigned by other members of the
consortium and shall be legally binding on all consortium partners. The prime
Vendor front-ending the solution cannot submit more than one bid.
2.1.2 The bidder shall be evaluated based on various parameters as defined in the this
RFP / bid document.
2.1.3 In case of consortium there shall be a valid Agreement between the front-ender
/leader of the Consortium with the respective members who will authorise the
prime vendor/ consortium leader to represent on their/ his behalf. The date of
such Agreement / MOU should be prior to the date of submission of bid. The
Agreement/ MoU shall clearly specify the role and responsibility of each member
of the consortium and this Agreement / MoU shall be exclusively for this project.
2.1.4 In case of consortium the Lead Partner will be the single point of contact between
the Bank and the vendor, and shall be responsible for all liabilities and issues
relating to this contract and address / execute / resolve issues relating to this
contract.
2.1.5 The bidding firm / company should have been in existence for a minimum period
of last 5 years and must be involved in providing centralized core banking
software solution to Scheduled banks / Nationalized Banks / Cooperative Banks
for a period of last 3 years.

2.2 Minimum Eligibility Criteria


2.2.1 The bidder / Leader of the consortium shall have Minimum Average Annual
Turnover of Rs 30 crores for last three financial years i.e. 2006/07, 2007/08,
2008/09, and must have posted profit for the last 3 years. They must submit
audited Balance Sheet as proof of turnover and profit.
2.2.2 The Software vendor of the Consortium should have Minimum Average
Annual Turnover of Rs 20 crores for least three financial years i.e. 2006/07,

Page: 17 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

2007/08, 2008/09 and the bidder or the consortium partner providing the
system solution must have SEI-CMMi level 5 certification.
2.2.3 The bidder must have a certified copy of valid Sales Tax number and PAN.
2.2.4 The CBSP must have successfully implemented centralized core banking
solution in a scheduled bank / nationalized bank / Co-operative Bank handling
in aggregate at least 100 branches and it should at least be running successfully
for past two years. The Vendor shall implement a banking solution at the HO &
branches of the Bank with the functionalities as listed in Annexure IV(A) of the
RFP.
2.2.5 The bidder firm / company should have at least 100 numbers of qualified and
experienced manpower on its roll.
2.2.6 The CBSP must have an office in Kolkata. In case it has no presence in
Kolkata, it shall furnish an undertaking before signing the contract Agreement
and Service Level Agreement that it shall set up an implementation centre and
office in Kolkata within one month of the selection as a vendor.
2.2.7 The bidder and each member of the consortium (in case of consortium) shall be
Information Technology Company and should have expertise in the field of IT,
especially in system integration and architecting solution for project
implementing and communication content. Knowledge about technology trends
and experience in large project implementation & monitoring, programme
management and operations control is mandatory.
2.2.8 The bidder and each member of consortium (in case of consortium) shall have
bank's certificate of solvency, company registration certificate, registration
under Labour Laws, valid sales tax/ vat registration certificate, service tax
registration certificate and shall have all licenses required to perform the works
mentioned in the " Scope of Work".
2.2.9 The IT resource OEM firm must be ISO: 9001 / ISO: 14001. The consortium
member must be authorized dealer / distributor / authorized service provider
and should be authorized by the Resource OEM firm. Please attach valid
documents supporting this.
2.2.10 The design / solution provided by the bidder for project must be in accordance
with the policies / regulations applicable to such networks as lid down by RBI,
Govt. of India.
2.2.11 Details and proof of service facilities for software support on centralized
banking, technical support on services, and maintenance of hardware

Page: 18 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

components to be attached with consumer list to whom the services are


provided.
2.2.12 Technical design / implementation criteria proposed must be indicated by the
bidders in their bid covering / conforming inter-alia the following:
2.2.12.1 The methodology to be followed for implementing the centralized core
banking along with other components viz; as described in Para 2 of
Section 1.
2.2.12.2 Proposed Wide Area Network Solution Architecture along with proposed
bandwidth requirement per branch for common activities.
2.2.12.3 The structure of the development / implementation team with roles and
responsibilities of each level proposed to be deployed for the project.
2.2.12.4 All hardware and networking components (must be from renowned
manufacturers).
2.2.12.5 All products must have OEM guarantee against obsolescence for at least
next 5 years from the date of acceptance of the system by the WBSCB.
2.2.12.6 The CBS- software should have been audited by an independent Audit
Body with requisite CISA certification and the certificate is to be
submitted.

Page: 19 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

SECTION 3 : DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK

Based on the contents of the RFP, the Bidder shall provide a solution which provides
Business continuity procedures application. However, the Bank reserves its right to change
the scope of the RFP considering the variety of requirements and changing business
conditions. The Bank expressly stipulates that the Bidder’s selection under this RFP is on the
express understanding that this RFP contains only the principal provisions for the entire
assignment and that delivery of the deliverables and the services in connection therewith are
only a part of the assignment.

3.1 Functional Requirement

The CBS would need to technologically enable all Banking functionalities/products like
Deposits, Advances, Retail / Corporate Loans, Credits Monitoring, NPA Management,
Clearing and Collection functions, Term Lending, Customer Information System, General
Ledger, MIS and Reports, etc., as mentioned in detailed requirements document. The
CBS should support a 24X7-processing environment across all the business units of the
Bank. This solution should be maintainable, reliable, secure, scalable, interoperable,
portable and understandable.

The Bank expects the bidder to provide the Bank with a FULL solution keeping in mind
the current requirements and the guidelines issued by RBI, NABARD and other
regulators and to advise the Bank to channel integration and interfaces with other system
and to render all possible assistance to the Bank including training for a Bank wide
implementation of CBS.

Interface the CBS to delivery channels like ATM, RTGS, and NEFT etc.

Enable the introduction of new product/services by building interfaces where required,


through various channels.

3.2 Data Migration

Perform/Enable migration of entire data pertaining to live accounts (from the time of
account opening or from the time the data is available) for accounts like term deposits,
recurring deposits, loans, advance etc to the proposed solution for all the branches being
converted to CBS. The history data should at least fulfill the objectives of printing back
dated customer statements (for all products, accounts, and schemes supported by the
legacy application) passbook, general ledger, profit & loss statement, trial balance,
account master information, standing instruction and transaction history (including GL,
PL heads and other office accounts, office accounts/ statements/ returns) and should also
supports printing MIS reports as desired by the Bank for the legacy data migrated. The
Bank would require a standard input engine so that it may perform the migration job
itself; appoint the chosen vendor or any third party for data migration and data entry.

3.3 Data Archival


In the CBS environment, the Bank wants to keep a minimum of 60 months of data before
archiving the data. Whenever necessary the Bank should be able to extract required
statements from the archived data from data committed to archives of data reservoirs.

Page: 20 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

3.4 Provision of Test Environment


The Bidder needs to provide test environment of 100 concurrent users accessing the CBS
Software. The Bidder needs to provide separate test environments for other Delivery
Channels and other software being a part of the solution to be provided by the Bidder.
The Bidder is also expected to provide test scripts and model test cases for a complete
acceptance testing of the solution including all customizations. These will be perused and
separately verified by the Bank using its own or third party tools/services. The Vendor
must allow complete testing by the Bank, the Vendor’s or third party methods.

3.5 Audit Tools


The Bidder needs to develop and provide automated Audit Tools for the Bank’s internal
and concurrent auditors for auditing all the components of the solution provided. The
Bank will also create and deploy such tools it may deem necessary for cross verification.
The bidder is required to assist in this by providing relevant documentation.

3.6 Performance Metrics/Service Level Parameters

The Performance Metrics / Service Level parameters in respect of the CBS Solution have
been indicated in Annexure-X (Part-A, Part-B and Part-C). The responses are to be
indicated in the last column of the respective items.

3.7 Training

The Bidder will be responsible for training the Bank’s employees in the areas of
implementation, operations, management, error handling, and system administration of
the customized solution. The Training should at least cover the following areas for
various segments of users / personnel:

• Core Banking System concepts


• Functionality available in the solution and ‘hands-on’ session on the same
• Parameterization.
• Audit techniques.
• Techniques of generating various MIS / EIS reports from the solution provided.
• Development and deployment of new products using the solution.
• Security, system administrations & management of the system.
• First level troubleshooting and diagnosis

For training of general users, Bank will provide the physical infrastructure at Kolkata.
However, in case special Training is to be imparted to the core team outside Kolkata, the
same is to be mentioned with details.

The Bidder will provide training to the employees of the Bank in the following manner:

a. Core team comprising of 10 persons in 1 batch for 2 weeks


b. End-users comprising of 150 persons in 15 batches for 1 week
c. Executives comprising of 10 persons in 1 batch for 4 days

The duration of a day will be of 7 hours.

The Bank will provide the physical infrastructure at Kolkata. However, installation of
Hardware, Connectivity, Loading of various Software (OS / RDBMS / Application
Software etc) will be the responsibility of the CBSP.

Page: 21 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

The Training methodology, materials (both in Hard copy and Soft copy) to be provided to
the various categories are to be mentioned.

The cost of Traveling / Boarding etc for the trainers will be borne by the CBSP.

3.8 Benchmark Reports


The Bank may ask at an appropriate time (during the process of evaluation) for Bench-
mark report in respect of the Specification of Hardware / Performance of the hardware
from a suitable third party acceptable to the Bank. The report shall include all factors as
maintainability, reliability, security, scalability, portability and safety.

3.9 Gap Identification and Resolution:

The Bidder will be responsible for gap identification and resolution so as to provide all
functionalities as mentioned in the RFP. The Bidder will-

• Provide the Bank with the gap identification report along with necessary solutions to
overcome the gap and the time frames.
• Ensure that gaps pointed out by the audit and inspection Team, statutory and
regulatory bodies, or any third party agency engaged by the Bank will be resolved
immediately.
• Ensure that all gaps identified at the time of system testing are immediately resolved.
• Resolve gaps by proposing a suitable work around or customizing the proposed
solution by way of modification/ enhancement as necessary, to the proposed solution.
The Bidder will provide all statutory, regulatory, and adhoc MIS (Management
information System) and EIS (Executive Information System) reports as required by
the Bank in the desired format during the initial phase of customization process.
• Provide for all subsequent changes to reports as suggested by the statutory and
regulatory bodies from time to time immediately to the Bank at no additional cost to
the Bank.

3.10 Test Data


The bidder shall provide the Bank real time data in plain vanilla format in Standard
SQL along with the field description. The Vendor should provide the table / data
structure to the Bank for retrieval of the data as and when necessary by the Bank.
If the Vendor is not willing to share his table details, he may provide a transaction
engine from his tables to another set of tables for dumping the necessary data and
will provide the Bank with details of such tables.

3.11 Implementation of Core Banking Project.

The WBSCB runs in its 39 branches application software (TBA) named “PentaBank”
with Oracle 8i as the back-end (database). The Bank is also the owner of the source code
of “PentaBank” TBA software. The “PentaBank” software supports all types of deposit
modules, Remittance, Clearing, Locker, Bills, Loans, etc (except Farm and non farm
loans to PACS and DCCBs which are maintained manually).

The vendor is required to study the Ledger heads, sub-heads, codes and sub-codes in all
such branches and prepare an appropriate and scalable migration tool for smooth and

Page: 22 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

hassle free migration of data from the existing system to core banking application
software ensuring uniformity of Ledger heads, sub-heads, codes and sub-codes.

The vendor is to provide a suitable module for PACS related data as required by the Bank
for meeting its various functional / statutory requirements

To provide for incorporation of all data relating to DCCB’s loan a/c, Shares, inter-branch
and inter-bank accounts, investments maintained manually at the Regional Offices and
Head Office to electronic platform and in to the vendor’s core banking application
software and to ensure smooth output of the integrated data of all the branches, Regional
offices and Head Office and generation of MIS Reports and financial statements as
required by the Bank.

To provide a suitable module for processing of centralized staff salary (payroll)- and to
upload the existing data relating to Salary from the present software system running in the
Bank

To ensure for an interface with existing treasury operations with the proposed CBS
solutions.

The Bank does not have a data centre of its own. The Bank will provide the necessary site
complete with AC, Power Supply, UPS, and Generator Backup for which a separate
tender will be floated. The chosen SI of this tender will be required to design the Data
Centre, supply, install and commission the hardware. The bidder should provide in his bid
document the number and types of electrical outlet/LAN points needed for
commissioning his equipments. These should preferably be accompanied with a proposed
rack layout. The bidder should clearly specify the necessary justification of the UPS
power requirement.

A Disaster Recovery Centre (DRC) is also to be set-up which will be on a Totally Hosted
model. The entire Hardware (e.g. Servers / Racks / Network equipments etc), other
Infrastructure (e.g. AC / UPS / Power supply / Security) will be on rental mode. The
entire Facility Management in the DR site will also be provided by the Bidder. The bidder
will have to offer such comprehensive arrangement / facility. For preparation of the Data
Centre at Head Office, the whole work will be done under the supervision of SI.

The vendor will have to put in place a Primary Network by taking the Bandwidth and
Provide a robust redundant network bandwidth links between the branches, offices, Data
Centre (DC) and DRC through lease line/V-Sat (Details mentioned in clause 5 of section
I). However the Network will be built up based on bandwidth to be taken from A
SUITABLE SERVICE PROVIDER. It would be the responsibility of the Vendor to
liaison with the SUITABLE SERVICE PROVIDER for putting in place the Wide Area
Network. Wherever required, the Bank will sign the documents and papers as the
Bandwidth will be taken in the name of the Bank and the cost of the Bandwidth will be
borne by the Bank. It may however be noted that, for Commercial Evaluation of the
Project, the Cost for usage of Bandwidth will be taken for Total Cost of Ownership for a
period of 3 years based on the projected Bandwidth requirement of the System to be
provided by the Vendor.

For the manual branches, required data will be inputted on sample basis so as to facilitate
a smooth computerization of branches under CBS.

Page: 23 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

Provide facility management for the Primary Data Centre and the Networking Systems
provided as part of the Tender for a period of 3 years.

The details of Data Load and Branch wise Users mentioned in the Annexure – VI.

3.12 Timeline: -

The proposed CBS solution will be implemented in the manner indicated below: -

WAN
Connectivity
Time & supply
Phase Name of Branches Purpose
Schedule and
installation
of Router
I At Head Office / Data Centre 2 months * Supply & installation
of IT Resources at
Head Office
II Kolkata Main, Diamond 4 months * Customization 60 days
Harbour, Barasat, Coochbehar & pilot testing of
Main Branch (4) application software
+ Live-run
III Shyambazar, Hatibagan, 2 months Rollout of proposed 15 days
Beliaghata, Chetla, Golpark, CBS Solution
New Alipur, Siliguri Day,
Siliguri Evening Branch,
Barackpore,Salt Lake,
Pourabhavan & Entally. (13).

IV Head Office Module 15 days


V Pansila, Helancha, Bongaon, In 5 Rollout of proposed 15 days
Basirhat, Chandpara, months – 1 CBS Solution
Kanchrapara, Dum Dum, branch
Amdanga, Baduria, Habra, each In
Kakdwip, Kashinagore, every 7
Patharpratima, Baruipur, days
Canning, Bhangor,
Mathabhanga, Dinahata,
Falakata, Toofangunj &
Alipurduar.(21)

VI 1 month to Rollout of Solution 15 days


Gariahat, Behala, Sagore,
in two branches
Bijoyganj, Amtala.(5)
including entry of
live records

Note: * For Phase I / Phase II: from date of Work order;


For subsequent Phases- the time-period is for successive phases

3.13 Hardware Requirement

Page: 24 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

The Bidder shall have to make the optimum use of the desktops, servers, UPS and
printers already in use of the Bank in its branches, Regional Offices and Head Office
without making them redundant. The minimum configuration of the hardware and other
peripherals which will be required to build up Primary Data Centre at Head Office is
mentioned in Annexure-II. The bidder has to give an undertaking that the configuration
proposed by the Bank would deliver the performance requirements necessitated.
However, to ensure delivery of complete performance requirement the bidder may
suggest the higher specifications, if required, compatible with their proposed application
software. If selected, the vendor will have the obligation under the contract to deliver the
performance promised.

3.14 Wide Area Network (WAN) Connectivity

All the branches will be directly connected with primarily Data Centre situated at Head
Office of the user Bank through leased lines which will act as the primary connectivity
medium and for the back up (failover) to be provided over ISDN connectivity. Some
remote branches will remain connected directly to the primary data centre via V-SAT in a
single layer.

3.15 Facility Management.

While bidding for providing Facility Management services to the Bank, the bidder needs
to consider that all the solutions provided by the bidder by way of this RFP should come
with 3 (Three) year Free Product Warranty and 3 (Three) year onsite Free Service
Warranty and are expected to be on AMC thereafter for 3 years which will be included
under FM.

Facility Management for all purposes means all Maintenances, Technical Support for all
applications and interfaces provided by the bidder, warranties, etc. which are quoted by
the bidder and all other costs necessary and incidental to the maintenance and support of
the infrastructure and equipment.

The facility management (FM) is to be provided in 43 branches, 3 Regional Offices and


Head Office (the addresses of which are mentioned in Annexure-V).

The Facilities Management services would at least include:

1. Hardware Management (Servers, Peripherals, etc.)


2. Computer Hardware and Peripherals and Infrastructure and other
Equipment Maintenance
3. Inventory Management
4. Software Distribution, Maintenance and Support
5. Software License Management
6. Version Management
7. LAN and Server Administration
8. Wide Area Network Management
9. Network Operations and Management
10. Disaster Recovery Centre Management
11. Operations Management
12. Warranty

Page: 25 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

13. Asset Movements / Tracking


14. Anti Virus Management
15. Security
16. Application management including day-begin, day-end, month-end, year-
end, periodic and daily backups.
17. Branch Hardware & Peripherals Management for hardware and
peripherals supplied as part of this RFP
18. Software updates, patch management, security updates, data updates from
one application to another application in the centralized-banking
environment.
19. Integrated System monitoring on a 24x7 basis.
20. Training
21. Integrated Customer Support and Help Desk Management

3.16 Antivirus

For 200 users for Branches situated in State of West Bengal. The bidder will be requested
to quote the prices of Antivirus software with three years warranty in their Commercial
Bid.

Page: 26 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

SECTION 4 : PROCEDURE OF SUBMISSION OF BIDS

4.1 Phases of Bidding


The bidders should submit their bid in two phases. In the first Phase, it would be for Pre-
qualification and Technical. In the second Phase it would be for Commercial. Those
Bidders who will qualify in the first Phase will be eligible for participating in the
Commercial Bid. In the first bid the Bidders will have to submit two envelopes containing
one envelope for “Pre-qualification” and the other one for “Technical”. The first one i.e
Pre- qualification bid will be evaluated first and then the “Technical bids” of the qualified
bidders will be evaluated. The Bidders who will be short-listed in these two segments,
will be eligible to participate in the second Phase i.e for “Commercial Bid”, which will be
asked from them in due course.

4.2 Submission of Bids


The bids ( Pre-qualification and Technical bid ) must be submitted at the same time, in
two parts i ;e Pre-qualification bid and Technical bid in separate sealed covers super
scribed with separate titles together with the price of RFP and EMD ( Earnest Money
deposit ) in separate envelopes marked " Cost of RFP/EMD. Thus there will be three
separate envelopes each super scribed / marked as mentioned herein before. All these
three envelopes should be kept in a sealed cover super scribed with separate title “Bid for
comprehensive Centralised Core banking solution with integrated Wide Area Network
Project for the W.B.S.C.B. Ltd."
4.2.1 The outside / external envelope containing the (a) Pre qualification Bid, (b)
Technical Bid (c) EM Deposit (if any) envelopes should be marked with “DO
NOT OPEN BEFORE 12 noon on 09/10/2009”.
4.2.2 The Envelope containing the Technical bids should be super-scribed with
Tender no, Due date, and the wording “DO NOT OPEN BEFORE 2.30 PM on
30/10/2009”
4.2.3 The envelopes should also indicate the name & address of bidder to enable the
bid to be returned unopened in case of late submission of bid.
4.2.4 In the event of bids being submitted by a firm/Company/consortium of
companies, it must be signed separately by each member thereof or in event of
absence of any partner it must be signed on his behalf by a person holding
power of attorney authorizing him to do so, a certified true copy of the Power
of Attorney should also be attached with Pre qualification bid. Or in the case of
company, the bids should be executed in the manner laid down in the said

Page: 27 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

company’s article of Association. The sign natures of the bid shall be deemed
to be authorized signatures. The bidder’s representative shall furnish letter of
authority from their principals to attend the pre bid discussions, opening of pre
qualification bids, Technical bid as well as Commercial bid.
4.2.5 No bid will be considered unless and until all the documents are duly signed.
4.2.6 Prices should not be indicated in the pre qualification or Technical bid.
4.2.7 The bidders are required to submit their offers, detailed technical literature of
the systems offered to enable a clear understanding of various technical aspects.
4.2.8 All the columns of the quotation form shall be properly filled in.
4.2.9 The rates and units shall not be overwritten. Rates shall always be both in the
figures and words.
4.2.10 Any omission in filling the columns of “Unit &Rate” or pertaining to the taxes /
levies as applicable etc, shall deemed to be treated as inclusive in the total
project cost.
4.2.11 Bidders must sign all corrections.
4.2.12 The Bidder/Vendor has to deposit as Earnest Money for Rs.15,00,000/-
(Rupees Fifteen Lacs Only) with the Technical Bid in the form of Demand
Draft in favor of THE WEST BENGAL STATE CO-OPERATIVE BANK
LTD. Payable at KOLKATA from a Nationalized / Scheduled Bank. or a Bank
Guarantee for the same amount as per format enclosed Annexure -VII

4.3 Documents Comprising the Bids:


The bids prepared by the bidder according to the procedure mentioned at serial no. 1
should comprise the following documents:
i) Sealed envelope containing the draft / Bank Guarantee in respect of Earnest
Money as mentioned above.
ii) The Tender document in original duly signed on each page.
iii) Sealed envelope containing the Pre-qualification Bid.
iv) Sealed envelope containing the Technical Bid.
v) In the cases where the RFP / Tender document has not been purchased from
the Bank but downloaded from the Website, a Demand Draft for Rs 10,000/-
is to be enclosed drawn in favour of “The West Bengal State Co-operative
Bank Ltd.” Payable at Kolkata.

Page: 28 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

SECTION 5 : OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR BIDS:

5.1 Criteria for Rejection of Bids.


The bids will be rejected if any one or more of the following conditions are not
satisfied:
i) Bids not submitted in compliance with the procedure mentioned in Section-4
ii ) Failure on the part of the bidder to provide appropriate information as required
in the bid proposal or any additional information as requested by the client,
including any supporting document.
iii ) Incomplete or conditional bids that do not fulfill all or any of the conditions as
specified at clause 1.3, 2, 4 of Section-1, Section-2 & Section-4 of this
document.
iv ) Bids without Earnest Money Deposit & cost of RFP documents (in case of the
documents downloaded from internet).
v) The submission of more than one bid under different names by one bidder. If
the same is found at any stage, all the bids by that bidder will be rejected.
vi ) Material inconsistencies in the information submitted.
vii ) Bids received after the last date and time specified at clause 15 of Section-1
viii ) Bids found in unsealed cover, unsigned bids, bids signed by unauthorized
person and unsigned corrections in the bid.
ix ) Misrepresentation in the bid proposal or any supporting document.
x) This bid shall contain no erasures or overwriting except as necessary to correct
errors made by the bidder, in which case such corrections shall be authenticated
by the person or persons signing the bid.
xi ) Repeated mention of complied or equivalent.
xii ) Conditional bids shall be summarily rejected.

Note: Decision of the evaluation committee in this regard shall be final and binding
on the bidders.
5.2 Acceptance of the Bid.
The WBSCB does not bind itself to accept the lowest bid or any bid and reserves the
right to reject any or all bids with / without any reason and to accept / prefer any bid
if it meets the requirements of the Bank.
5.3 Cross Checking.
WBSCB reserves the right to cross-check and verify bidder's information, reference,
and data submitted in the bid without further reference to the bidder.

Page: 29 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

5.4 Absence of Specifications:


The absence of specification details regarding Core Banking Software, Hardware &
Networking to be supplied under this project implies that best industry practice will
prevail and that best quality material and workmanship will be supplied / provided.
Certification standards, when available, for the installed equipments and material,
will prevail.
5.5 Cost Involved in Tendering.
The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of bid.
5.6 Pre-bid Conference.
5.6.1 The Bank shall hold a pre-bid conference (PBC) after the sale of RFP
document in the office of the Bank. The Bank would address the clarifications
sought by the bidders with regard to the RFP document and the project. The
bidder would be required to submit their queries to the MD of WBSCB in
writing at least 4 (four) days prior to the pre-bid conference. Queries not
submitted within this deadline will not be taken up.
5.6.2 Bidders that have purchased the RFP document are welcome to attend the pre
bid conference (PBC), even if they do not have any specific queries. The
authorized representatives (not more than two) will have to be registered at the
office of the M.D. of WBSCB. No clarifications shall be issued after pre bid
conference (PBC).
5.6.3 The Bank reserves the right not to respond to any / all queries raised or
clarifications sought, if in the opinion of the Bank and at its discretion, it is
inappropriate to do so or it does not have any merit in it. Nothing in clause 5.6
above shall be taken or read as compelling or requiring Bank to respond to any
question or to provide any clarification. No extension to any deadline referred
to in this document will be granted on the basis or grounds that the Bank has
not responded to the clarification sought.

5.7 Amendment to Tender Document.


Amendment in any of the terms and conditions including technical specification of
this tender document will be notified in writing either through post or by Fax or by e-
mail to all prospective bidders who have purchased the RFP document and will be
binding on them.

5.8 Withdrawal of Bid Proposal.


No bid proposal will be withdrawn subsequent to deadline for the submission of bids.

Page: 30 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

5.9 Earnest Money Refund.


Earnest money will be refunded to the authorized representative of the bidder against
proper receipt in the following manner:

i ) To the bidders who fail to qualify the pre-qualification bid Æ within 2 weeks of
short-listing of qualified bidders.
ii ) To the bidders who fail to qualify in the Technical bid Æ within 2 weeks after
completion of evaluation of technical bid.
iii ) To the bidders who qualify the technical bid but are not selected in the
Commercial Bid Æ within 2 weeks after signing of contract agreement between
the successful bidder and the Bank.
5.10 Site Visit.
Bidders desirous of making site visits to such offices and facilities of clients are
required to submit request for the same to the Bank at least 10 (ten) working days
ahead of the intended visit. The cost of the visit will be borne by the bidder
themselves. The Bank is not liable to provide any facility to bidder(s) for such visits.
5.11 Warranty.
i) The vendor will also be responsible to provide comprehensive onsite
warranty for application software and hardware for a minimum period of
three years (enclosed format as Annexure-VIII).
ii ) The application software warranty shall be deemed to commence from the
date of successful completion and acceptance of the final acceptance test by
the technical committee of the Bank.
iii ) During warranty period the vendor will provide full technical support in
configuration/setup, problem solution etc.
iv ) After the warranty period is over successfully, the vendor shall provide
Annual Maintenance of the application software at the price quoted
separately in the tender document or at the negotiated price. A separate
Annual Maintenance Contract Agreement for the application software
between the vendor and the Bank will have to be made by the vendor.
v) After the warranty period Annual Maintenance Contract for the hardware
components (with spares) will be either awarded to the vendor at the rates
negotiated at the time of award of the contract or may be given to the third
party at the option of the client.

Page: 31 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

vi ) Vendor should have satisfactory arrangement to receive complaints during


the period of warranty as well as the Annual Maintenance Contract, as the
case may be, which includes on-line complaint receiving system by
creating a web-enabled system running on our WAN. Vendor shall record
each and every complaint received verbally, telephonically, through e-mail,
web-enabled system, and action taken thereof in a log book / soft form to
be maintained at a location to be decided in consultation with the Bank.
The Bank can verify the said register at any point of time / interval.

vii ) The vendor will do preventive maintenance of all IT equipments /


components supplied under this RFP, application software and Database
along with operating system, once in every quarter so as to ensure smooth
functioning of the system. The vendor will have to strictly adhere to the
schedule submitted.
viii ) During the period of warranty / Annual Maintenance Contract, as the case
may be, the vendor will attend / rectify the defects at all the sites within 24
hours from the time / date the complaints are reported to the vendor or its
representatives. If the vendor does not attend / rectify the defects /
problems, the Bank at its own discretion will have the right to arrange
repairs / replacement at the cost and risk of the vendor. At the end of the
warranty period, the warranty will be extended for duration equivalent to
the total time during which the system remains out of order.
5.12 Proprietary / Patent rights.
The bidder/ supplier shall indemnify the Bank against all third party claims of
infringement of patent, copyright, trade mark, license or industrial design rights and
other intellectual property rights, software piracy arising from the use of goods or any
part thereof in India.

5.13 Validity of the Bid:


The Bid shall remain valid for a period of 180 days of opening of the Commercial
Bid.

5.14 Right to Accept or Reject any Bid.


The Bank reserves the right to accept any bid or to cancel the tender process and
reject any or all bids at any time without assigning any reason prior to award of
contract without thereby incurring any liability to the affected bidder or bidders or

Page: 32 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

any obligation to inform the affected bidder or bidders of the grounds of cancellation
and or rejection of tenders.

5.15 Discretion to Procure or not to Procure Some Items


Although in the commercial evaluation various software modules/hardware items/
other services will be evaluated, BANK reserves its rights to purchase/not purchase
some items or procure with modified specifications at its own discretion.

5.16 Additional Information / Clarification.


The Bank reserves the right to ask for any additional information, as it may deem
necessary, to evaluate the bid proposal. Bidders that fail to submit additional
information or clarification as sought by the Bank within one (1) week of the receipt
of Bank's letter requesting such additional information and /or clarification, their bids
will be evaluated based on the information furnished along with the bid proposal.

Page: 33 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

SECTION 6 : TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

6.1 Use of Tender Documents and Other Information


6.1.1 Bidders shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, disclose the
contract agreement, or any provision thereof, or any specification, pattern or
any provision thereof, sample or information furnished by or on behalf of
Bank to any person other than a person employed by the Bank in the
performance of the contract agreement and the scope of work.
6.1.2 Bidder shall not, without the Bank's prior written consent make use of any
document or any information specified in the RFP document, except for the
purpose of performing the contract agreement and the scope of work.
6.1.3 Any document other than the contract agreement shall remain the property of
the Bank.
6.1.4 On acceptance of a successful Bid and issuance of the Letter of intent or
Order by the Bank the concerned successful Bidder shall, within a week from
the date of receipt of the letter of intent or Order, furnish his unequivocal and
unambiguous acceptance of the Letter of Intent reiterating its unequivocal
and unambiguous acceptance of all the terms and conditions of the contract
including the mutually agreed changes to which all provisions of the contract
shall mutatis mutandis
6.1.5 On successful acceptance of the Letter of Intent or Order issued by the Bank,
the Bidder shall thereafter be designed as “Vendor” as per the terms and
conditions of the Contract and the Vendor shall be required to execute an
agreement and deposit 10 percent of the value of the project cost as the
Security Deposit or in lieu thereof shall furnish Bank Guarantee for
equivalent sum in the form to be annexed with the Letter of Intent or Order to
be issued by the Bank and such Security Deposit by way of cash shall be held
by the Bank[ free of any interest] or the Bank Guarantee shall remain valid
till the expiry of the Warranty period of the contract including any extended
period as may be granted by the Bank in accordance with the contract and the
Earnest Money furnished by the Vendor as the Bidder herein shall be released
by the Bank on receipt of the Security Deposit from the Vendor as above.
6.1.6 The acceptance of the Letter of Intent or the Order by the Bidder shall be
considered complete only after the agreement is executed and the Security
Deposit id furnished by the Bidder within a fortnight from the date on which
the said letter of acceptance is received by the Bank or else it will be deemed

Page: 34 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

that the Bidder has withdrawn its acceptance and the Bank without any
further reference to him shall forfeit the earnest money deposited or shall
invoke the Bank Guarantee as the case may be and shall be entitled to
consider any other Bid or issue fresh RFP at the absolute discretion of the
Bank.
6.2 Change in the Minimum Specified Work
6.2.1 The Bank may at any time by written notice to the vendor make changes in
the minimum specified work.
6.2.2 The vendor shall not perform changes in the minimum specified work until
the Bank gives permission for such change in writing on the basis of estimate
provided by the vendor.
6.2.3 Mutually agreed change in the minimum specified work shall constitute as
part of the contract agreement and all the provisions of contract agreement
shall apply on the said change.
6.2.4 In the event of withdrawal or discontinuance of any item or items and
consequent ceasing of or reduction in demand, the vendor shall not be
entitled to any compensation. The Bank will, however, make all reasonable
endeavors to give warning of any impending complete withdrawal or of nay
reduction seriously affecting quantities likely to be required under contract.

6.3 Changes in the Contract Agreement.


Except the changes as mentioned in section 6.2 above no modification of the terms
and conditions of the contract agreement shall be made except by written
amendments signed by both the vendor and the Bank.

6.4 Delivery Period.


6.4.1 The vendor will appoint Project Manger and submit bio data of other
members to the Bank within three weeks of the project sign off.
6.4.2 Unless otherwise specified, Hardware items must be delivered at destination
within 2 months from the date of placement of purchase / work order or from
the date of signing of contract agreement whichever is earlier. The delivery of
the equipment shall be deemed to be complete on the receipt of delivery
challan duly signed by indenting officer of the Bank.
6.4.3 The complete delivery of Package customized to Bank’s requirement will not
take more than 3 months of project sign off.

Page: 35 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

6.4.4 The installation shall actually be deemed to have been complete on the date
of installation and approval of acceptance test at a particular site as
mentioned at part (i) of section 6.13
6.4.5 If the vendor fails to deliver any consignment with the delivery period
prescribed above that delayed consignment will be subject to 2% of the
penalty per month per site which will be recoverable from Bank
guarantee/Earnest Money not exceeding 10% of the value of Solution.
However, this will be subject to the following conditions: -
a) No recovery of penalty will be made if the Bank accepts the delayed
supply by extending that delivery period up to one month by recording in
writing that exceptional circumstances were beyond the control of vendor
& there was no loss to the client.
b) Where the delay on the part of the vendor is more than 2 months, the
matter of extension of delivery period will be referred to the project
implementation committee (PIC) constituted by the Board with a
certificate that there are genuine reasons for the delay on the part of
vendor and that no loss will result to the Bank in case extension of
delivery period is allowed. In case the delivery period is extended, no
penalty for supplies made during the extended period shall be recovered
from the vendor.
c) On the failure of the vendor to make supply within the extended period,
the Bank can effect Risk purchase. The said purchase will be made at the
cost of the vendor by the Bank by inviting short term quotation from the
vendors and the purchases will be performed. The excess cost will be
recovered from the vendor from his pending Bills or the earnest money or
Bank guarantee or through court of law. This procedure will be adopted
after serving a registered notice to the vendor to seek explanation up to
the satisfaction of the Bank within 15 days and if the vendor fails to reply
or is unable to explain up to the satisfaction of the Bank.

d) The delay in execution in the performance of delivery of supply of items


by the vendor in the prescribed period may render him liable to any or all
of the following penalties: -
• The penalty as mentioned at 6.4.5 above

Page: 36 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

• Forfeiture of earnest money and/or revoking of performance Bank


guarantee
• Imposition of liquidated damage and termination of contract
• The vendor may be blacklisted for the period of three years for
participating in any tenders released by the Bank
• The Bank may undertake “Risk purchase” as mentioned in sub clause
“c” of clause 6.4.5.

6.5 Warranty Period and Maintenance Services.


The vendor will be responsible for the comprehensive maintenance of all supplied
equipments and related accessories free of charge during the warranty period as
specified at clause No. 5.11 (i) of section 5.

6.6 Responsibility of CBSP vendor.


6.6.1 Technical Support
The vendor has to provide the details of support activities available to the Bank
from its site during the implementation and customization phase and later on
for ongoing post implementation support as well. The support framework must
comprise back-to-back support services from the principal’s end.

6.6.2 Implementation Support.


The vendor should define the degree of responsibility, level of support in the
following area

Description Software support


Installation Onsite loading of application software, testing of database
and initial file sizing
Training Functional and technical training to business & IT staff/
contractors in operating and using the data base and
application software.
Documentation. Systems, operation s and user manuals for each application
license.
Modifications & Provide design, development & testing of custom
interfaces with modifications as needed. Also support custom modifications
other software in all future releases.

Page: 37 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

packages.
Testing Provide onsite functional and technical support for
(acceptance & acceptance testing and performance testing under load
performance) conditions.
Conversion. Loading system tables, developing conversion programmers
and interfacing with the existing and proposed banking
solution, data conversion, data entry & technical support.
Initial Enhance onsite support for at least 7 days & telephonic
operations. support.

6.6.3 On-going post Implementation Support.

The Table presented below is indicative of the level of support expected. It may
be used as a base and be fine-tuned to describe the kind of support, the vendor
can offer for each of the WBSCB locations. The vendor must have the
capability to provide single and multi point support at WBSCB branches, if
required.
The bidders, in their proposal, must state their ability for compliance with the
following levels of support desired by the Bank or propose comparable
alternatives, if any

Support stage Software support ( application software)


Availability Full support: 24x7/Monday-Sunday, depending on the
working days at the different branches.
Initial response. Immediate telephonic response & support for usage
related and other minor problems. Dial-in-support for
corruptions, handling, minor bug fix etc. Onsite support
within 12 hours for major problems and immediate
support in case of emergency
Major repair Immediate onsite support for data base recovery & data
synchronization after crash, performance tuning etc, Bug
fix or update within 36 hours for all critical functions.
Guaranteed Vendor will provide all technical support necessary to
operations meet all critical processing cycles,

Page: 38 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

Training. Follow up training for major changes in system releases.


Software & As part of ongoing support, automatically upgrade the
documentations. system on any new releases and provide any updates of
technical & fictional manuals.
Post Indicate the type of post implementation support that will
implementation be provided. [Does the vendor provide any onsite vendor
personnel support (full time)? If so, for what period?
Please provide the details of the cost for this as a
separate section in the commercial bid].

6.6.4 Escalation Mechanisms.


In case of system related problems, an effective technical support shall be
available with problem escalation mechanisms to resolve the same at the
earliest.

6.6.5 Programme Management.


The vendor is required to adhere to the following criteria for programme
management:
i) Team Formation:
A project Management team will be constituted to take complete charge of
the CBS implementation and customization. A team for addressing all
escalations shall also be formed.
ii) Skills.
Implementation Engineers and WBSCB system officers will be trained on
the required software and methodologies to obtain an operational expertise
on the products recommended by the design document.
iii) Project Plan Review.
The project plan will be reviewed with the WBSCB team. Revisions, if
any, would be incorporated and a sign off would be obtained. Review
mechanism schedules will be discussed and finalized.
iv) Pre- executions.
A comprehensive architectural design of the solution should be made with
detail network diagrams. The diagram will clearly detail the connectivity of
each components of the system to others. Configuration sheets will be

Page: 39 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

made for each component of the system. They would contain detail of each
and every requirement for the sites. Check list will be prepared for each
site. The implementation team will strictly follow the checklist and
install/configure the hardware / software accordingly.
v) Installation.
The software related to the solution will be unpacked and all the items will
be physically verified as per the purchase order. An inventory list of all the
software will be made and any discrepancy will be brought to the
immediate notice of the vendor for replacement or take appropriate action.
The procedure as to how the implementation of the system would be
carried out has to be detailed out here.
vi) Training.
Training to be imparted to the concerned system officers and the concerned
support staff who would be assisting the implementation at the sites and
responsible for the day-to-day operations. The training will have to be
conducted as per Section 3.11

vii) Review mechanism.


A co-ordination committee will be formed with the Project Executive of the
vendor, the Project Manager of the vendor and the Project implementation
Team of the Bank to monitor the progress of the project on a monthly basis.
The said co-ordination committee will give strategic direction and take
decisions during implementation.

A working committee comprising Project Manager of the vendor and


Project Manager of the Bank will review the project on weekly basis to sort
out issues in the implementation. This is in addition to regular meetings
between the various teams involved in the project execution.

viii) Vendor’s responsibility.


The selected vendor will be responsible for successful implementation of
the solution. This would include the following key activities:
(a) Installation of the proposed solution components.
(b) Design and development of the solution modifications as indicated in
the response parameterization and customization (including interfaces
with Bank’s Core Banking Application solution).

Page: 40 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

(c) Initial testing of the software systems solution.


(d) Migration/ creation of master and transaction files.
(e) Manual data entry and conversion of data to proposed core banking
solution and migration.
(f) Training of users /operators
(g) Supporting to the software systems to correct errors
(h) Implementation of future software enhancements including updation to
documentations & follow up training
(i) Minor modifications/Addition/Alternation to the Software, which may
emerge during implementation / roll out, shall be carried out at no extra
cost to the Bank.
(j) The documentation shall be handed over to the Bank on installation of
each software and after any change in them. The intellectual property
right shall vest to the Bank
(k) The vendor shall maintain the infrastructure for implementation and
operation of the project and allied services except for the already
existing hardware and network equipments already installed
(l) The vendor shall install and commission the leased line and allied
equipment at both ends that is at the Bank and at the site of the leased
line provider.
(m) The vendor shall handle all the technical and implementation matters
associated with the leased lines on behalf of the Bank and with the
WAN service provider.
(n) The vendor will design & deliver to the client the panel diagram & blue
print of networking for each site
(o) To lay down the complete data cabling up to each point and the power
cabling up to and from the UPS to the Point near to each equipments
(p) Installation, configuration, maintenance and up gradation of all
required software like operating systems, data-base, Systems software,
application software, antivirus, firewall etc till the warranty period or
the period of project management, whichever is later. All the upgrades
to the software should be supplied to the BANK along with the
compact disc media containing the same during this period.
(q) To provide certification from OEM of all active & passive components
of networking equipments that they will not become obsolete within at
least 5 years (mentioned in Annexure VIII) .

Page: 41 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

6.7 Responsibility of the Bank


6.7.1 To prepare the site for the installation of the equipment which includes the
provision for required furniture and AC (if required)
6.7.2 To provide adequate electricity point at the site
6.7.3 To provide appropriate environment condition, necessary power facilities for
the systems, access to premises, a secure equipments storage area and
suitable condition for the vendors / workers.
6.8 Price Fall
If at any time the price of items to be supplied by the vendor reduces or the vendor
supplies the identical hardware or equipment at a price lower than the price
chargeable under the contract, the vendor shall forthwith notify such reduction to the
Bank & pass on the benefit of the price reduction to the purchaser from the date of
coming into force of such reduction in prices.
However, if there is escalation in the prices of the Hardware or its accessories after
signing the contract agreement the contract shall not be subject to upwards
modification whatsoever.
6.9 Inspection /Testing of items /Equipments:
6.9.1 An Officer from the Bank or person duly authorized in writing by the Bank
shall have the power to inspect the items including the Server, routers,
modems, switches, UPS etc before / during or after installation to reject the
same or any part /portion if he / they are not satisfied that the same is not at
par or according to the specification submitted by the vendor. The hardware
equipment shall be put into operational condition as well as burning test for
minimum period 72 hours will be conducted with satisfaction.
6.9.2 The vendor shall neither claim nor will be entitled to payment for any
damage or harm that it may suffer due to rejection of supplies.
6.9.3 The bank shall have no liability whatsoever for rejected items and the same
will be at the vendor’s risk
6.9.4 Rejected supplies shall be removed by the vendor at his own expanses within
10 days after notice has been issued to him of such rejection and failing such
removal of rejected goods it will be of vendor’s risk & the vendor may be
charged the market rent for the space occupied by such rejected goods

6.10 Invoicing.

Page: 42 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

6.10.1 With every dispatch of goods or materials under the contract, the vendor will
prepare invoices in duplicate.
6.10.2 Delivery challan, in duplicate, are to be sent by the vendor to the respective
site. The invoice along with the delivery challan duly signed by the respective
Branch Manager/ IT officer should be submitted to the Computer Department
of the Head Office of the Bank.

6.11 Condition of the item supplied.


6.11.1 This is subject to the condition that the materials are securely packed by the
vendors in sound containers and the carriers accept the consignment without
any adverse remarks as to the packing or the condition of the containers etc
and that the materials reach respective sites in sound and sealed conditions of
the container with original packing visually discernible by the receiving
Branch manager/ IT officer and the said officer will sign the Challan with the
legend “Received in sealed / unsealed container with original/ broken
packing. Contents not verified”. [The words not applicable shall be clearly
stricken off with initial of the receiving officer]. In case of any adverse
remarks the responsibility for the losses in transit will rest with the vendor.
6.11.2 The vendor will not be entitled to charge or be paid for the supplies which are
broken / lost or damaged in transit. The vendor at his own expenses shall
remove such supplies. The decision in this regard taken by the Bank shall be
binding and final.

6.12 Acceptance Test for Hardware.


A testing committee of the officials from the Bank as constituted or to be constituted
by the Bank and duly authorized by the Bank will perform acceptance test for
hardware at each site after the containers of the materials are opened by the Vendor’s
representative(s) in presence of the officials receiving the container and only the
materials received in good condition are installed by the Vendor. In any case, if the
quality and the quantity of the items supplied by the vendor at one or all the locations
are found un-acceptable, the vendor shall be held responsible for covering up the loss
in terms of both quantity as well as quality. All the hardware related payments to the
vendor as per the payment schedule mentioned in section 6.14 would be made after
successful clearance of the following acceptance test.
(a.) All hardware items must be installed at the particular site as per the instruction.

Page: 43 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

(b.) All the required system software must be installed in the respective system/s
properly.
(c.) The Brand, model number, specification and the quantity of all the supplied and
installed hardware items must match with respect to the list and particulars of
the items to be supplied for that unit.
(d.) The vendor can be asked to demonstrate all the features / facilities mentioned
offered by the Vendor and specified in the work-order.
(e.) All the installed hardware should be working properly.

6.13 Acceptance Test for Software.

All the software related payments to the vendor as per the payment schedule
mentioned at Section 6.14.would be made after successful conduction of the
following tests:
(a) All the required reports in the approved format of the software requirement
specifications and further discussed changes must be working properly.
(b) Data in all packages from all the locations must be updated in the centralized
database as per the requirements.
(c) The vendor shall conduct the test and provide the test reports of all the software
modules. The test should include unit testing, system testing and pressure/stress
testing of each module of the software, The Bank reserves the right to conduct
the test / verify the results by a third party/ agency at the cost of the vendor.
(d) Documentations including user manuals of all the modules should be handed
over to the Bank and the same will be the property of the Bank.

6.14 Payment Schedule.


The payment will be released strictly as per the following schedule:

(a) FOR HARDWARE AND OTHER PERIPHERALS.

i) 50% of the total order value of the Hardware / Peripherals will be paid after
delivery of the hardware at particular site and duly received and inspected by
the authorized officer of the bank. The hardware should be supplied in sealed
and unbroken / undamaged containers / packages.
ii) Balance 30% of Hardware / Peripherals value will be paid after successful
installation at particular site and satisfactory installation of the CBS
application software on such hardware.
iii) Balance 20 % after 45 days of successful on line operation of the core
banking solution.

Page: 44 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

(b) FOR APPLICATION SOFTWARE:

i) 15% of the contract amount on User Acceptance Test (UAT) Signoff


ii) 10% of the contract amount on completion of User Training
iii) 30% of the contract amount on satisfied implementation of customization
requirements.
iv) 20% of the contract amount on completion of 3 months from UAT Signoff
v) 20% of the contract amount on completion of 6 months from UAT signoff
vi) 5% of the contract amount after delivery of Source code to Bank in the
escrow mechanism.

All payments will be made after deduction of taxes as may be applicable.

(c) For RDBMS & Operating system:

i) 60% after delivery of the RDMBS & Operating system (in media) along with
the Valid / Original License in the name of the Bank.
ii) 30% after successful installation in the hardware.
iii) Balance 10% after 21 days of the successful online operation of the CBS
application software.

6.15 Refund of Security Deposit.

The security deposit of 10% of the total project cost or the Bank Guarantee in lieu
thereof furnished by the selected Vendor on acceptance of the Letter of Intent or
Order issued by the Bank shall be released after completion of the contracted work
and expiry of the Warranty Period.

6.16 Change in Company Structure.

Any change in the constitution of the Company or its Board in any manner during the
period of continuance of the contract and the warranty shall not change the liabilities
of the Company so reconstituted under this contract and the Company or its successor
shall be liable to discharge the existing liabilities under the contract to the fullest
extent and any failure with regard thereto shall be treated as violation of the terms and
conditions with legal consequences thereof.

6.17 Compliance with Laws / Permits:

The successful vendor shall comply with all local, state and federal rules, regulations,
audience codes, and laws relating to the work of the conduct thereof and shall secure
and pay for any permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the work and the
Bank shall in no way be responsible for any default or latches on the part of the
Vendor to comply with any such law as applicable.

6.18 Forfeiture of Earnest Money.


6.18.1 If the Vendor fails to comply with any of the terms and conditions or of the
requirement of the contract in the technical specification for hardware and

Page: 45 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

system software requirement as indicated in the “Detailed Scope of Work” of


the RFP document, the Security Deposit deposited by the vendor will be
forfeited.
6.18.2 In case vendor fails to comply with the delivery period in the section 3.21 of
“detailed scope of work” the earnest money deposited will be forfeited.
6.18.3 If the bidder withdraws his bid before the expiry of the validity or after the
acceptance of the bid but before he deposits the “Security Deposit” the earnest
money deposited will be forfeited.

6.19 Termination of the Contract


6.19.1 In the event of the Vendor failing to fulfill properly the contract or committing
breach of any of the terms and conditions of this contract or repeatedly
supplying goods liable for rejection hereunder or failing, declining, neglecting,
delaying to comply with any demand or requisition or otherwise not executing
the same in accordance with terms of contract or not achieving the milestones
mentioned in the “Detailed Scope of Work”, the contract will be terminated.
6.19.2 If the vendor or any of his partners becomes insolvent or applies for relief as
insolvent debtor or any insolvency proceeding is commenced or makes any
compromise with his/ their creditors or attempts to do so, then without
prejudice to any of its rights under this contract and the WBSCB shall be
entitled to terminate this contract forthwith and to black list the bidder and may
lodge its claim back all or any part of the money already paid to the Vendor
without prejudice to any other action that the Bank may take in accordance with
law.
6.19.3 The termination of this contract in whole or part under any conditions shall not
be affected by the acceptance, meanwhile or subsequently, of supplies accepted
or made at any station whether due to ignorance of the termination or otherwise
6.19.4 On termination of this contract for whatsoever reason, notwithstanding
forfeiture of the Security Deposit by the Bank, the Vendor shall be liable to pay
liquidated damages for the loss suffered by the Bank.

6.20 Consequences of Termination.


6.20.1 Upon termination, the vendor shall deliver or cause to be delivered all works
carried out for and account of Bank and all the data and records required from
or an account of the Bank

Page: 46 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

6.20.2 Termination of the contract agreement shall not affect any continuing
obligation of the vendor under the contract agreement which either expressly or
necessarily implication, are to survived its expiry or termination such as
confidentiality, obligation.
6.20.3 Upon termination of the contract agreement for any reason, whatsoever, the
vendor shall return to the Bank any and all confidential information and any
other property of the Bank in a sealed envelope addressed to the Managing
Director of the Bank.
6.20.4 Bank may procure services and deliverables remaining undelivered on such
terms and in such manners, as it deems appropriate, at the risk and
responsibility of the vendor & the vendor shall be liable for any additional cost
for such services.
6.20.5 The vendor will continue the performance of the contract agreement to the
extent not terminated
6.20.6 Upon termination of the contract agreement for what-so-ever reasons bank shall
have right to impose the following penalties
(a) Forfeiture of Security Deposit.
(b) Imposition of liquidated damages
(c) Blacklisting of the vendor

6.21 Unavoidable Circumstances


If the vendor is prevented from performing any of its services under the contract
agreement due to causes such as fire, acts of God, or elements not in its control or
embargo imposed by the Government, the vendor shall be excused from non
performance of its obligations during the period such cause continuing to exists. But,
if such causes continue to exist and prevent performance by the vendor of its
obligations for more than 60 days, the Bank may terminate the contract agreement in
whole or part thereof after issuing a written notice to the vendor. Upon termination of
the contract of the agreement under this section, the provision regarding
consequences of termination set out in clause 6.20 of this section shall apply.

6.22 Insurance of the items


Vendor will be solely responsible for arranging the safe & intent delivery of the
hardware to the destination of the client as mentioned in detailed score of work. The
vendor will arrange fire & allied risk insurance including earth quake risk , flood
damage , riot and arson and theft in the name of Bank .For safety of the hardware
stored , the vendor will also arrange insurance of the same against the risks of
burglary , house breaking and theft in the name of the Bank. All the insurances will
be for one year and shall start from the date of first delivery at respective sites.

6.23 Escrow Mechanism

Page: 47 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

The Bank and the Bidder shall agree for an escrow mechanism, at any point of
time, for the deposit of the source code for the CBS product supplied by the
Bidder to the Bank in order to protect its interests in an eventual situation. As
a part of the escrow arrangement, the finally selected Bidder is also expected
to provide a detailed code documentation of the CBS solution, which has been
duly reviewed by an external independent organisation. Cost of escrow
arrangement will be considered separately during the award of contract.

6.24 Arbitration.
In case of any dispute arsing in connection with or arising out of this contract
either with regard to interpretation of any of the clauses or part thereof or with
regard to the rights and liabilities of any of the parties to this contract, to the
extent possible shall be resolved through negotiations and discussions and in
the event of failure of such negotiations the same shall be decided with the
Court of law of competent jurisdiction in Kolkata.

6.25 Acquaintance with all conditions.


The bidder acknowledges that he has made himself fully acquainted with all
the conditions and circumstances under which the supplies / deliverables
required under the contract will have to be made /delivered and furnished &
with all terms, clauses, conditions specifications and other details of the
contract. The bidder shall not plead ignorance of any of those as excuse in
case of complaint against or on rejection of supplies tendered by him or with a
view either to asking for enhancement of any rates agreed to in the contract or
to evading any of his obligations under the contract.

6.26 Commercial Terms & Conditions.


6.26.1 Rate Quoted
Bidder shall quote FIRM price as per format to be specified by the Bank.
All prices, terms, warranties and benefits granted by the Bidder are
comparable with equivalent terms offered by the Bidder or to any other
private or public entity purchasing the above items of same Quality and
quantity. If after acceptance of the Bid by the Bank and issue of Letter of
Intent and or compliance of all the prerequisites as per this agreement, the
Bidder becomes the designated SP and the Banks become aware that the
vendor offers greater benefits to any other entity, those benefits will be
available to the Bank upon their effective date. Failure to do so will
constitute a breach under this contract.

6.26.2 Agreement.
The successful bidder shall execute an agreement for the fulfilment of the
contract on the stamped paper of the required value to the satisfaction of
the Bank within 15 days from the date of acceptance by the vendor.

6.26.3 Liquidated Damage.


If the vendor fails to complete all the phases in full within the stipulated
period, a sum of 1% of the contract value will be levied as liquidity damage
for each completed week of delay. The liquidity damage shall not exceed

Page: 48 of 49
RFP For Core Banking Solution of WBSCB Ltd.

10% of the contract value. Besides, such non-performance may entail black
listing of the vendor.

6.26.4 Termination of the contract.


The Bank may, with seven days prior notice of default to the vendor,
terminate the whole or any part of this contract if the vendor fails to
perform the services within the time frame stipulated by the Bank in the
contract.

6.26.5 Confidential Information.


The vendor at all times will have to keep secret and treat confidentiality of
all confidential information of the Bank including trade secrets pertaining
to business operations and financial information.

6.26.6 Advice to Bidders


The Bidders are requested to study to broad evaluation criteria & prepare
the presentation covering the specific points on which the bids are proposed
to marks. The Bill of materials provided by User Bank is indicative and
minimum required specifications & quantity only .The Bidders are
requested to study the system & form composite bill of materials and quote
accordingly. In the events any extra materials /software than those quoted is
needed to complete performance, the bidder will have to supply & install
those free of charges. Bidder should plan & submit the planned manpower
deployment schedules for particular project. The qualifications to be
deputed exclusively for this project should be clearly mentioned. Also the
minimum no of persons to be deployed at various position & location
should be located / mentioned.

6.26.7 Declaration by the Bidder


Declaration is to be made by Bidder in respect of acceptance of the
terms and conditions as laid down by the bank as per Annexure-IX.

6.27 Revision/Modification of RFP


6.27.1 The Bank may revise any part of the RFP, by providing a written
addendum/corrigendum to all the vendors at any stage till the award
of the contract.
6.27.2 The Bank also reserves the right to extend the dates for submission
of responses to this document.

DISCLAIMER: THE BANK DOES NOT BIND ITSELF TO ACCEPT THE LOWEST BID
NOR TO ACCEPT ANY OF THE BIDS RECEIVED AND THE BANK RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO REJECT ALL OR ANY OF THE BIDS WITHOUT ASSIGNING ANY
REASON WHATSOEVER.

--------------------------------- The End of Main RFP Document -------------------------------------------

Page: 49 of 49
Annexure-I(A)

Proforma for Evaluation of Pre-Qualification Bid

Amount (in Rs.


Sl Proof
Eligibility Criterion Crore), wherever Yes/ No
No. Submitted?
required
Existence of the Bidding Firm for the last 5
1
years?
Last 3 Year’s Balance Sheet Submitted?
2006-07
2007-08
2
2008-09
(if the balance sheet is provisional the CFO
should certify it under the company's seal)
Net Profit Earned by SI in-
2006-07
3
2007-08
2008-09
Annual Turnover of SI for
2006-07
4
2007-08
2008-09
Annual Turnover of the Application Software
Partner of the Bidding Firm in
5 2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
Does the Applciation Software Partner of the
6 Bidding Firm posses SEI-CMMi Level 5
Certification
Aggregate Number of Branches of Scheduled
Banks/Commercial Banks/Nationalized
7 Banks/Co-op Banks where Core Banking
Solution has been successfully implemented
and running for last 2 (two) years
Number of Technically Qualified Staff of the
8
Bidding Firm.
Whether the SI has an office in Kolkata or
9
not?
10 Has the Bidding Firm submitted-
Amount (in Rs.
Sl Proof
Eligibility Criterion Crore), wherever Yes/ No
No. Submitted?
required
Certificate of Registration
Registration under Labour Laws
Sales Tax Registration Certificate
VAT Registration Certificate
Certificate of Solvency
Whether the IT resource OEM firm are
11
ISO:9001/ISO:14001?
The bidder company must be authorized
12 dealer/ distributor/ service provider of the of
the resource OEM firm.
Are all the members of the consortium
13
provides Information Technology Service?
Has the Bidding Firm submitted proof of
14 Service Facilities for Software Support and
Maintenane of Hardware Components?
Has the Bidding Firm submitted a valid
15
agreement amongst the other partners?
Is the CBS Application Software CISA
16
Certified?
Has the Bidding Firm submitted Earnest
17
Money Deposit (EMD) or Bank Guarantee ?
Has the Bidder Firm Deposited the Cost of the
18
RFP?
Annexure- I(B)

Brief Profile of the Bidder

Sl. No. Item Particulars / Details


1 Name of the Company
2 Registered Office of the Company
3 Local Address of the Compnay (Kolkata)
4 Year of Incorporation of the Company
5 If it is a consortium, Name of the Firms 1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6 Contact Person-
Name
Telephone Number
Mobile Number
Fax Number
Email

Income Tax/ PAN Details of the Company / all


7
the Companies in the Consortium
8 Copy of IT Return for last three years

9 Details of the CBS implemented by the Bidding Company


Contact
Contact no. of the No. of
Sl no Name of the Bank Address of the Bank Person Contact Branches
Person
1
2
3
4
5
6

DECLARATION.
We hereby submit that the information submitted above is complete in all respect and true to the best of our knowledge. We understand that in
case any discrepancy or inconsistency or incompleteness is found out in the information submitted by us, our bid is likely to be rejected.

Date: Authorised Signatory


(Company Seal)

Page 1 of 1
Annexure - II

BRANCH ROUTER - DETAILED TECHNICAL SPEC


Chassis Rack-mountable
Architecture Modular router
Processor high end risc processor to support minimum 70 Kpps
(64 byte/ packet) through put

DRAM capacity (installed /Max) 256MB /384 MB


Flash memory(installed /Max) 64MB/128MB
Modular slots for WAN access Two or more
Ethernet ports Two 10/100
USB ports One
Console port One-up to 115.2 kbps
Auxiliary port One-up to 115.2 kbps
WAN interface 2PORT Serial V.35 with support for n*64kbps
Integrated hardware-based encryption Yes

Encryption support in software and DES, 3DES, AES 128, AES 192, AES 256
hardware by default
AC input voltage 100 to 240 VAC/50 to 60 Hz
Environmental
Operating temperature 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C)
Operating humidity 10 to 85% noncondensing operating; 5 to 95%
noncondensing, nonoperating
Regulatory Compliance Router must have relevant international compliance
certification for Safety, EMI etc vendor to specify
CENTRAL ROUTER - DETAILED TECHNICAL SPEC
Chassis Rack-mountable single box configuration
Architecture Modular router with at least 2 free slots for future use

Processor high end risc processor to support minimum 500 Kpps


(64 byte/ packet) through put
DRAM capacity (installed /Max) 512MB /1GB
Flash memory(installed /Max) 64MB/512MB
Modular slots for WAN access Two or more
Ethernet ports Two 10/100/1000
USB ports One
Console port One-up to 115.2 kbps
Auxiliary port One-up to 115.2 kbps
WAN interface
Should have atleast 2 no. of Channelised E1, 2 no. of
ISDN PRI ports 2nos Serial WAN interface upto 2Mbps
Data Link Protocol: Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet
Network / Transport Protocol: IPSec
Remote Management Protocol: SNMP 3
Integrated hardware-based encryption Yes

Encryption support in software and DES, 3DES, AES 128, AES 192, AES 256
hardware by default
Power supply (Internal) Should have Redundant Power Supply
AC input voltage 100 to 240 VAC/50 to 60 Hz
additional features 1.Support for Application Optimization Module
2. Support for Network Analysis Module 3.
Support for Intrusion Detection Module
Environmental
Operating temperature 0 to 40°C
Operating humidity 10 to 85% noncondensing operating; 5 to 95%
noncondensing, nonoperating
Regulatory Compliance Router must have relevant international compliance
certification for Safety, EMI etc vendor to specify
CORE Switch
General Features
The Switch should be modular multilayer switch
Dual Hot-swappable power supplies, a hot-swappable fan tray with redundant fans, and hot-
swappable line cards.
12 ports of wire-speed 10/100/1000 802.3 ports
The Switch should also have 48 x 10/100 Fast Ethernet ports
The Switch chassis should have at least 2 additional slots free for future expansion

Performance
Min 64 Gbps nonblocking switch fabric
Unicast and multicast routing entries:
Min 30,000
MAC addresses: Min 30,000
VLANs: Min 2048 active VLANs
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST+), and Per-VLAN Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (PVRST)
Hardware-based ACLs

Architecture
SDRAM: Min 256 MB
Onboard Flash memory: Min 32 MB
Startup configuration: onboard Flash memory
CPU Min 266 MHz

Quality of Service
Per-port quality of service (QoS) configuration
Support for four queues per port in hardware
Strict priority queuing

Security
TACACS+ and RADIUS, which allow centralized control of the switch and restrict unauthorized
users from altering the configuration
Trusted Boundary
Secure Shell (SSH) Protocol versions 1 and 2
Dynamic Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) inspection
Annexure - II

Specification of Storage BOX

RAID Controller :
Dual Active-Active, Storage RAID controllers with : 4 FC Host ports and 4 FC device ports
with 4GB of cache across controllers

Drives supported with the base controller pair :


• Minimum 80 nos. (FC /SATA/FATA)
Usable Disk Capacity :
• 2 TB usable space after RAID-5 implementation, using 146GB, 4Gbps 15K RPM FC disks
• Global Hot Spare disk: Global hot spare drives to be configured such that failure of a drive in
any disk array should not result in data loss and global hot spare disk should take the place of the
failed drive.
RAID Support :
• 0, 1, 3, 5, 6
Redundant &/or Hot-Swappable components :
• RAID Controllers, Drives, Power Supplies
Hot Add features :
• Hot-add (non disruptive addition) of Disks & Disk Enclosures
Configuration Manager Software :
• GUI based Management software for total configuration management of the Storage System
with unrestricted host license for addition of servers to SAN or disks to the Disk Storage System

Other software provided :


Other software to provided for (specify product or feature name):
• Remote Management & diagnostics
• System health monitoring, alarm reporting & recovery tools
• Performance monitoring tools
OS license supported and configured :
• Unrestricted Host (Server) & Drive capacity license for proposed Server Operating System

• Support for operating systems & clusters (for Linux, Windows, AIX, HP-UX, Solaris))
Annexure - II

Minimum Technical specifications


Server:

• 64 bit CISC/RISC/EPIC processors with 1.6 GHz or above with a minimum of 2 processors
upgradeable to 4 processor or higher
• Minimum TPC-C Rating of 3,00,000
• Processor should be latest series/generation for the server model being quoted
• Support for 64bit Linux / UNIX Operating System as applicable, with cluster support
• Total Cache to be min 8 MB per processor socket
• Minimum 16 GB ECC or equivalent RAM of highest frequency as applicable in the quoted
model to be offered per processor
• Min 4 x 146 GB (or higher) SAS / FC hot plug drives for operating system (10 K / 15 K rpm)
for each partition in RAID 0,1,5 and combinations
• 4 Ethernet Ports of minimum 10/100/1000 Mbps
• Fiber Channel Adapters 2 x minimum 4GBps
• SAN HBAs should be connected on separate slots for high throughput requirements
• All cards should be on 64 bit PCI-X/PCI-e slots.
• 25% of total slots should be free for future expansion. Alternatively, vendors should not
consume more than 75% of available slots in the server.
• 1 DVD (preferably RW-DL) Drive ;
• Minimum Dual Redundant Power Supply Hot Pluggable
• Logical or Physical Partitioning should be supported;
• Server should support virtualization
• Capable of dynamic movement of resources (CPU/ memory/ adapters) across partitions;
• Should be provided with a GUI based management console to take care of the partition
management & configuration;
• Necessary software and scripts for automatic cluster failover and load balancing within
cluster to be supplied for cluster based solutions.
• It should have seamless failover without manual intervention; Management of the OS and the
partitions (if required) in the Servers; A console with color monitor, keyboard and Mouse

• The server should be capable of generating Pre failure Alerts for CPU, Memory, Hard disks
,PCI Slots etc and the OEM should provide warranty replacements based on PFA
• The servers quoted must conform to all relevant international standards like FCC,UL etc.

• The applicable system software for RDBMS must provide all the administration tools,
notification services, Enterprise reporting services, business intelligence, analysis services, and
high availability and management tools at no additional cost to the government.
• The applicable RDBMS must provide full use licenses & should allow hosting of other
application on the same system.
• The system software must provide perpetual & full use licenses.
• The proposed software should preferably be based on open standards.
• System Management: Local System Management and Control. It must enable complete
access, monitoring and control from console. Required hardware and software must be supplied.

• Form Factor: 19” rack mountable with rack mounting accessories


Annexure - II

Specification for Back Up Library


• Ultrium4 LTO Library – Rack mountable library with minimum of 2 fiber channel LTO4
drives.
• Tape cartridges – The library should support minimum of 48 tape cartridges. The library should
support a tleast 3 mail slots.
• Operating System support – Should support OS like Windows 2003, Sun Solaris, IBM AIX,
HP-UX, Linux.
Annexure - II

Specification for Storage Area Switch


• Port density : Should support 24 x 4Gbps FC ports. 8 ports activated with 4Gbps Short-Wave
Transceivers
• Management : 10/100 Ethernet port (RJ-45
• Fiber cable : 4 nos. 5 mtr. LC-LC multimode cable ; 8 nos. 5 mtr. LC-LC multimode cab
• Rack support : 19 inch, 1U industry standard rack mount
Annexure - III (A)

Technical Evaluation Criteria


Total
Quantity /
Major Head Sub head 1 Sub head 2 Maximum Evaluation Criteria
Availability
marks
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)* (f)
Neatness and bid organisation e.g binding, indexing
Bid quality and Neatness /
25 Flagging etc /Statutory document submission (non
completeness Completeness
submission of each document deduct 3
25 for Minimum Rs 30 crores, 30 for ( >Rs 30 to 50), 40 for
Turn over 50
( >Rs 50 to 100), 50 for > Rs. 100 cr.
Qualified 25 marks for Minimum 100 manpower and additional 10
50
Manpower marks for each 50 persons - with Maximum marks at 50
10 marks for Minimum 100 branches- and additional 10
Organisation strength
No of Installations 50 marks for each 100 branch - with Maximum marks for 500
branch+ at 50
Dedicated team Minimum 6 dedicated person (3 dedicated shift person+1
50
composition System admin /manager+ 2 networking professional)
Sub Total for Organisation strength 200
Software CBS Software 800 As per Annexure no IV ( Software Evaluation Worksheet )
Number of server / Power Consumption / Partioning /
Server
System Design 75 Virtualisation / Redundancy / Failover / Clustering /Any other
deployment
related point as deemed fit by the committee
Security Basic security policy formulation / Server Security Hardening
System Design 75
architecture / Network Security deployment / Encryption
Sub Total for System Design 150
Adherence to minimum spec and/or exceeding the same
gets maximum marks (75). 10 point deduction for each non
compliant point**
Servers 75
To set up the Architecture to have the ability to increase the
number of concurrent instances to keep the application
server parameters below 70% utilisatioin (CPU,Memory etc)
Hardware
If any disruption occurs,max response time 30 Min
The Backup success rate should be 99.99%
Storage Box 25
Should support online replication to backup site
Adherence to minimum spec
Networking Adhering to Minimum specs. For Non-compliance of specs,
50
Equipment 10 marks each to be deducted.
Sub Total for Hardware 150
Supply of OEM NMS

Page 1 of 3
Technical Evaluation Criteria
Total
Quantity /
Major Head Sub head 1 Sub head 2 Maximum Evaluation Criteria
Availability
marks
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)* (f)
Availability of detailed network management methodology
description in the bid/presentation
Network Components should be available for 24 *7 (99.99%
Solution offered Network uptime)
50
management
Ability to integrate & Support data commit at central location
& the respective Branch location in real time mode
Plan and provisioning for Bandwidth availability and liasoning
with BW service provider
Provision for Load monitoring / CPU utilisation
Ability to integrate the Core Banking Application to process a
minimum of 25000 transactions/ day with apeak load of 25
Management
Server transactions per second
features & 50
management Fail over / DR plan
methodology
IO utilisation
proposed
Provision for OS process monitoring & event synchronisation
Security Policy definition
System not to allow concurrent session for the same
customer
Security The System should automatically log out in case of session
50
management breakdowns
Plan in case of security breach
Audit Trail maintenance
Alert generation and handling procedure
Data migration and integration plan
Application
50 Software bug fixing and version control
management
Training and hand holding
Sub Total for Management features & 200
Sub Total for Solution offered 500
All calls (including electronic mail & faxes ) should be logged
Helpdesk application should issue docket numbers for each
logged call & track the issue resolution time
Help Desk 25 Helpdesk application should intimate callers of estimated
time of resolution automatically

Page 2 of 3
Technical Evaluation Criteria
Total
Quantity /
Major Head Sub head 1 Sub head 2 Maximum Evaluation Criteria
Availability
marks
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)* (f)
Helpdesk application should support definition of identified
issues and their remedy for quick resolution of similar
problems.
SLA Management Tools for monitoring various performance parameters and
50
methodology report generation.
Total for the Project 1600

* Please put the figures in terms of Quantity for the Major head Organisation strength
* Please explain / provide details separately in respect of Solution Offered / Help Desk / SLA Management methodology in the form of write-ups.

** The bid is liable to be cancelled in the event of any major non compliance as deemed by the committee Also the bidder will have to subsequently supply the
devices(server / storage/ networking component etc) compliant to minimum spec with out any price escalation.

Page 3 of 3
Annexure- III(B)
(a) Format of Technical Compliance Statement: -

Sl. Description Specifications Compliance Remarks


No

(b) Format of detailed Bill of material :-

Sl. Make Part No Description Line item qty Total Qty


No (whenever applicable )

(c) Supporting Technical Documentations to be submitted by the SI Bidder :-

Note 1 :-The compliance statement to be prepared in accordance with the detailed


specifications as mentioned in the minimum specifications of the Hardware
mentioned in Annexure of will the RFP document .Please note that for compliance
statement words like “Noted/Agreed” would not be acceptable & would be treated
as Non-compliance .

Note 2:- Bidder to quote function wise Server & other equipments compliance ,
clearly mentioning Server ,Model ,Qty for each category . For example database
Server ,application Server etc .
Annexure- IV(B)

Minimum Pass Weightage of


Module marks % the module

(a) (b) (c)


Advances 50% 10
Advances- Agri 75% 10
AIMAS 30% 3
ALM 30% 5
Bills 40% 4
Clearing 50% 5
Customer Information 50% 6
Deposits 60% 10
Fixed Assets 40% 4
Funds and Investments ( Treasury) 50% 8
General Ledger 50% 8
General Software Requirement 50% 10
HO Module 40% 10
HR 40% 4
Locker 50% 2
MIS 50% 10
Payroll 40% 4
Remittance 40% 5
Security 50% 10
Share 30% 4

Page 1 of 1
Annexure - V

Sl. No. Office Address Region / Area Telephone No.


1 Head Office 24-A, Waterloo Street, Kolkata 2248-0874, 2248-8491/92
Kol– 69.
2 ACMART FD-Park, Salt lake Poura Kolkata 2358-0242
Bhawan, Salt Lake, Kol-64

3 Barasat R.O. Barasat, R.B.C. Road, North 24 Parganas 2552-3232


(Near Barasat Court), 24
pgs(N)
4 Diamond Harbour R.O. (Near Diamond Harbour South 24 Parganas 03174-255218
Municipality, 24 Pgs. (S).
5 Coochbehar R.O. Biswasingha Road, (Near Coochbehar 03582-223010
B.D. Hotel), P.O. & Dist.-
Coochbehar
6 Kolkata Main Branch 24-A, Waterloo Street, Coochbehar 2243-7816
Kol– 69.
7 Bhowanipur Branch 28-A, S.P. Mukherjee Kolkata 2455-1199
Road, Kol- 25.
8 Shyambazar Branch 15/2B, Balaram Ghosh Kolkata 2555-6588
Street, Kol– 4
9 Behala Branch 15, S.N. Roy Road, Kol-38 Kolkata 2478-1373

10 Beliaghata Branch P-52, CIT Scheme, VIP Kolkata 2320-5108


Market, Kol-10.
11 Hatibagan Branch 89, Arabinda Sarani, Kol- Kolkata 2555-3428
5.
12 Entally Branch 27/1/C, CIT Scheme, Kolkata 2244-7442
LV,Kol – 14
13 Gariahat Branch 2/2A, Nandy Street, Kol-29 Kolkata 2464-3203

14 Golpark Branch 28/3A, Gariahat Road, Kol Kolkata 2440-5654


– 29.
15 New Alipore Branch 23/A, New Alipore, Block- Kolkata 2478-6156
21-C, Kol –53.
16 Chetla Branch Auditorium Block, CIT Kolkata 2479-7747
Market, Kol – 37.
17 Siliguri Day Branch Hill Cart Road, Sarkar Darjeeling 0353-2432257
Mansion, Distt.-Darjeeling,
Pin-734 401.
18 Siliguri Evening Branch Hill Cart Road, Sarkar Darjeeling 0353-2432237
Mansion, Distt.-Darjeeling,
Pin-734 401.
19 Salt Lake EC Branch EC-Block, Salt Lake, Kol-64 Kolkata 2337-0438

20 Poura Bhawan Branch FD-Park, Salt lake Poura Kolkata 2321-3724


Bhawan, Salt Lake, Kol-65

21 Dum Dum Branch Purba Sinthee, Kadamtala, Kolkata 2513-5758


Kolkata-30
22 Barasat Branch Barasat, R.B.C. Road, North 24 Parganas 2562-8202
(Near Barasat Court), 24
pgs(N)
23 Basirhat Branch Basirhat, 24 Pgs. (N), North 24 Parganas 03217-265233
(Near Basirhat Court).
24 Baduria Branch Baduria, 24 Pgs. (N), North 24 Parganas 03217-238538
(Near Bust Stop).
25 Bongaon Branch Bongaon 24 Pgs. North 24 Parganas 03215-255069
(N),(Near Bongaon
Municipality).

Page 1 of 2
Sl. No. Office Address Region / Area Telephone No.
26 Chandpara Branch Chandpara Bazar,24 North 24 Parganas 03215-250044
Pgs(N)
27 Habra Branch Habra Station Road, 24 North 24 Parganas 03216-237024
Pgs(N)
28 Amdanga Branch Arkhali, Amdanga B.D.O. North 24 Parganas 03216-260118
Office, 24 Pgs. (N).
29 Barrackpore Branch Barrackpore Municipal North 24 Parganas 2593-1651
Market Complex, 24 Pgs(N
)
30 Helencha Branch Near Helencha Bus stop, North 24 Parganas 03215-264771
24 Pgs(N)
31 Panshila Branch Poura Bazar( Municipal North 24 Parganas 2568-9191
Market), Sodpur, 24
Pgs(N)
32 Kanchrapara Branch Lichubagan, Kanchrapara, North 24 Parganas 2585-2674
24 Parganas (North)

33 Diamond Harbour Branch (Near Diamond Harbour South 24 Parganas 03174-255239


Municipality, 24 Pgs. (S).
34 Canning Branch P.O.-Canning, (Near South 24 Parganas 03218-25239
Canning Post Office), 24
Pgs. (S)
35 Kakdwip Branch P.O.-Kakdwip, Kakdwip South 24 Parganas 03210-25043
Bazar, (Near Kakdwip
Thana), 24 Pgs. (S).
36 Bejoygunj Branch Bejoygung Market, South South 24 Parganas 03174-277158
24 Parganas
37 Kashinagar Branch (Near Kashinagar Bazar), South 24 Parganas 03174-274221
Kashinagar, 24 Pgs. (S).

38 Amtala Branch Amtala Bust Stand, South 24 Parganas 2470-9342


Amtala, 24 Pgs. (S).
39 Sagar Branch Rudranagar, Sagar, 24 South 24 Parganas 03210-242533
Pgs.(S)
40 Pathar Pratima Branch Pathar Pratima Bazar, South 24 Parganas 03210-267324
Pathar Pratima, 24 Pgs.
(S).
41 Bhangar Branch Bhangar, (Near South 24 Parganas 03218-270535
Ghatakpukur Bust Stop.),
24 Pgs. (S).
42 Baruipur Branch (Near Baruipur Railway South 24 Parganas 2433-8646
Station), Baruipur, 24
Pgs.(S)
43 Coochbehar Branch Biswasingha Road, (Near Coochbehar 03582-222717
B.D. Hotel), P.O. & Dist.-
Coochbehar
44 Alipurduar Branch P.O.- Alipurduar, Dist.- Jalpaiguri 03582-25242
Jalpaiguri
45 Mathabhanga Branch P.O.- Mathanbhanga, Coochbehar 03583-255258
46 Dinhata Branch P.O.- Dinhata, (Near Coochbehar 03581-255073
B.D.O. Office), Dist. –
Coochbehar
47 Falakata Branch Falakata Bust Stop, (Near Coochbehar 03653-260273
Shitala Mandir), P.O.–
Falakata,Dist-Coochbehar

48 Toofangunj Branch P.O.-Tufangunj, (Near Coochbehar 03582-244300


Tufangunj Fire Service
Station), Dist. –
Coochbehar

Page 2 of 2
Annexure - VI

Branchwise Number of Users and No of Transactions

No of Average
Name of Branch / No of
Sl no Concurrent Transactions Remarks
Office users
users per Day
1 Alipurduar 5 3 600
2 Amdanga 3 2 440
3 Amtala 3 2 300 NCB (Approx)
4 Baduria 3 2 600
5 Barasat 6 4 1240
6 Barrackpore 5 3 1280
7 Baruipur 5 3 992
8 Basirhat 4 2 1200
9 Behala 5 3 300 NCB (Approx)
10 Bejoygunj 3 2 250 NCB (Approx)
11 Beliaghata 5 3 880
12 Bhangore 3 2 361
13 Bhowanipore 3 2 396
14 Bongaon 4 2 720
15 Canning 5 3 867
16 Chandpara 3 2 520
17 Chetla 5 3 516
18 Coochbehar 5 3 1280
19 Diamond Harbour 6 4 1234
20 Dinhata 5 3 640
21 Dum Dum 3 2 353
22 Entally 5 3 633
23 Falakata 5 3 600
24 Gariahat 4 2 250 NCB (Approx)
25 Golpark 5 3 600
26 Habra 3 2 493
27 Hatibagan 5 3 583
28 Helencha 3 2 320
29 Kakdwip 5 3 1013
30 Kanchrapara 3 2 149
31 Kashinagar 4 2 746
32 Kolkata Main Branch 20 10 2381
33 Mathabhanga 5 3 680
34 New Alipore 5 3 602
35 Panshila 3 2 480
36 Pathar Pratima 4 2 604
37 Sagar 3 2 200
38 Salt Lake EC Block 3 3 320
39 Salt Lake Poura Bhawan 5 3 689
40 Shyambazar 5 3 888
41 Siliguri Day 4 2 800
42 Siliguri Evening 2 2 560
43 Toofangunj 5 3 680
Total 195 118 29240
* NCB- Non-Computerized Branch, figures are approximate.
ANNEXURE-VII

BANK GUARANTEE IN LIEU OF EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT


(To be submitted in Rs. 50/- non-judicial stamp paper. Stamp paper to be purchased
in the name of the issuing bank. Validity of the BG shall be 6 months.)

No. ..................... Date: .............

To,
The West Bengal State Cooperative Bank Limited,
24A, Waterloo Street,
Kolkata - 700069

WHEREAS ........................... (Bidder’s Name) (Hereinafter referred to as “Bidder”), a


Company registered under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its registered office at
.............. is required to deposit with you, the Purchaser Bank , by way of Earnest Money,
Rs. ............ (Rupees .......... only) in connection with its Bids/Tenders for the work with
reference to Tender Enquiry No. HO/MD/Sectt/73/2009-2010 dated. 24/08/2009 as
per specification and terms and conditions enclosed therein AND WHEREAS the Bidder
as per Clause No. ........ of Instructions to Bid has agreed to furnish a Bank Guarantee in
you favour through us valid up to .......... (date) instead of deposit of Earnest Money in
cash AND WHEREAS you have agreed to accept a Bank Guarantee from us in lieu and/
or instead of Earnest Money Deposit in cash from the Bidder .

1. We, .................. (Bank) hereby agree and undertake to pay you on demand the
said amount of Rs. ....................... (Rupees .................................. only) without
any protest or demur in the event the Bidders/ Tenderer after submission of his
Tender, resiles from or withdraws his offer or modifies the terms and conditions
thereof in manner not acceptable to you or expresses his unwillingness to accept
the order placed and/ or Letter of Intent issued by you on the Bidder / Tenderer
for the work under Tender Enquiry No. .................. dated ................ .

2. Your decision as to whether the Bidder / Tenderer has resiled from or has
withdrawn his offer or has modified the terms and conditions thereof in manner
not acceptable to you or has expressed his unwillingness to accept the order
placed and/or Letter of Intent issued by you on the Bidder / Tenderer for the work
under Enquiry No. .............. dated ................. in this regard, shall be final and
binding on us and we shall not be entitled to question the same.

3. Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing, our liability under this


Guarantee shall be restricted to Rs. .................... (Rupees ............................
only)
4. This Guarantee shall remain valid and in full force and effect up to ........ and shall
expire thereafter unless an intimation is given to the Bank by you earlier in writing
discharging us from our obligation under this Guarantee.

5. We shall not revoke this Guarantee during its currency except by your consent in
writing.

6. This Guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of the
Bidder/ Tenderer or yourselves or ourselves but shall enure to your benefit and
be enforceable against our legal successors or assignees by you or your legal
successors.

7. Notwithstanding any thing contained hereinabove unless a demand or claim


under this Guarantee is made on us in writing within six months from the date of
expiry of this Guarantee we shall be discharged from all liabilities under this
Guarantee thereafter.

8. We have power to issue this Guarantee under our Memorandum and Articles of
Association and the undersigned who is executing this Guarantee has the
necessary power to do so under a duly executed Power of Attorney granted to
him by the Bank.

SIGNED AND DELIVERED


for and on behalf of above named Bank
For and on behalf of -------------------------------
----
( Bidder’s Name )

(Banker’s Name)

MANAGER

Address ...............................................
ANNEXURE: VIII

(To be submitted with Technical Bid)


FORMAT OF ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS' AUTHORIZATION FORM
(In original letterhead of the OEM)

Letter Ref. No._____________dated ____________

To
The Managing Director,
The West Bengal State Cooperative Bank Limited,
27, Waterloo Street,
Kolkata - 7000

Ref.: Tender Ref. No.HO/MD/Sectt/73/2009-2010 dated. 24/08/2009 .

Dear Sir:

We who are the established and reputable manufacturer of _______________________


(name and description of goods offered) do hereby authorize
M/s_________________________________________ (Name and address of System
Integrator) to submit a bid against your Tender Call Notice under reference above and
execute the contract for the supply of the above goods manufactured by us.

We also extend our full warranty for the goods quoted by M/s. ____________________
as per the Tender clause of the Tender Reference No. HO/MD/Sectt/73/2009-2010
dated. 24/08/2009 .

We, also undertake that the spares of every equipment to be supplied by us hereunder
through said M/S ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------shall be
made available to WBSCB Ltd. for a period of minimum 5 years from the date of
Installation.

Yours faithfully,

Authorized Signatory [In full and initials]

Name and Title of Signatory:

Seal of the Company

Note: This letter of authority should be on the letterhead of the OEM and should be signed
by a person competent and having the power of attorney to bind the manufacturer.
ANNEXURE : IX

(To be submitted with Technical Bid – PART – I)

DECLARATION REGARDING ACCEPTANCE OF TERMS & CONDITIONS


CONTAINED IN THE TENDER DOCUMENT

To
The Managing Director,
West Bengal State Cooperative Bank Limited,
24A, Waterloo Street,
Kolkata - 700069

Dear Sir,

We, the undersigned, offer to provide the services for the tender: Tender enquiry no.
HO/MD/Sectt/73/2009-2010 dated 24/08/2009. We hereby submitting our bid, which
includes this Technical bid, and Pre-qualifications Bids sealed under separate
envelopes.

We hereby declare that all the information and statements made in this bid are true and
accept that any of our misrepresentations contained in it may lead to our disqualification.

Our bid is valid for a period of 180 days form the Bid opening date, subject to the
modifications resulting from Contract negotiations you may subsequently carry out with
us to accept our tender. If we are assigned the work during the period of validity of the
bid, we undertake to carry out the same as per the terms and conditions of this tender
document. Further we accept that if we try to influence the Bank by any extraneous
means or if we adopt any such practice which will in any way be adverse to bank’s
interest , the Bank may reject the offer immediately without disclosing the reason to us.

We hereby declare that during the migration from the existing data available with the
bank, the banking Transaction on the working days and working hours of the bank will
not be stopped / hampered/suffer in any manner .

We have carefully gone through the Terms & Conditions contained in the Tender
Document and we declare that all the provisions of this Tender Document are
acceptable to own Company.

We further certify that the person signing this declaration is the authorised signatory of
the company and is , therefore, competent to make this declaration under the seal of our
company .

Yours truly,

Authorized Signatory [In full and initials]:

Name and Title of Signatory:

Name of Firm/Company :

(Company Seal)
Annexure - X

Service Level Indicators

Part A

Whether If not complied,


Sl No. Activities / Functions Benchmark complied indicate level of
(yes / no) compliance
1 Transaction per second Minimum 25 tps
2 Transaction completion time Maximum 3 seconds
3 Retrieval of last 10 entries Maximum 5 seconds
4 Day –end Maximum 1 hour
5 Month end Maximum 2 hours
6 Quarter / Half year Maximum 2 hours
7 Year end Maximum 4 hours

Part B
If not
Normal Required Maximum Down Whether complied,
Required
Sl No. Service Category Measurements Hours of Response time Permitted complied indicate level
Uptime
Operation Time per instance (yes / no) of
compliance
Networking Equipments Networking Equipments (at DC) should be up
1 24x7 99.90% 30 Minutes 2 Hours
(at DC) and running at DC
Networking Equipments Networking Equipments (at Branches/other
2 (at Branches/other offices) should be up and running at 24x7 99.50% 2 Hours 5 Hours
offices) Branches/other offices

Application Sever/Database Server Maximum


Application
3 Memory / CPU Utilization levels should be less 24x7 99.99% 30 Minutes 2 Hours
Sever/Database Server
than 70% during business hours.

Storage Components Maximum Memory /


4 Storage Components CPU Utilization levels should be less than 70% 24x7 99.90% 30 Minutes 2 Hours
during business hours.
LAN connectivity at Branches / Offices should
5 LAN Connectivity 24x7 99.90% 30 Minutes 2 Hours
be up and running

Part C
If not
Whether complied,
Sl No. Service Category Requirement complied indicate level
(yes / no) of
compliance
WAN Bandwidth
1 WAN Bandwidth Utilisation levels should be less than 75%
Utilisation
2 Backup Success Rate Backup success rate for CBS Solution should be 99.99%

Permitted downtime for application, database, and operating system servicing for upgradation, patch
uploads, fixing of bugs or other maintenances will not be more than 1 hour. These activities can not be
2 Downtime for Servicing
carried during business hours. The activities that may require more than 1 hour or required to be carried out
during business hours must be scheduled in consulation with the bank.

Permitted downtime for servicing of networking equipments for upgradation, patch uploads, fixing of bugs or
Downtime for Servicing- other maintenances will not be more than 1 hour. These activities can not be carried during business hours.
3
Network Equipments The activities that may require more than 1 hour or required to be carried out during business hours must be
scheduled in consulation with the bank.

Page 1 of 1
Annexure - XI

Checklist for Pre-qualification Bid (To be kept in a single sealed cover):


1 In case of consortium, copy of Valid agreement / MOU with other partners
2 Certificate of Incorporation of the Prime Vendor
Proof of providing CBS to Schedule banks/Nationalized Banks/ Co-operative Banks for 3
3 years.
4 Balance sheet of Prime Vendor for FY 2006/07, 2007/08 & 2008/09
5 Balance sheet of Software Vendorr for FY 2006/07, 2007/08 & 2008/09
6 SEI-CMMi Level 5 certificate for CBS software provider
7 Valid Sales Tax / VAT Registration, Service Tax Registration of Prime Vendor
8 Solvency certificate
9 Proof of successful Installtion of at least 100 branches in India.

10 Software Audit report (audited by the third party with CISA certified professional).
11 ISO: 9001 / ISO: 14001 certificates
Details and proof of service facilities for software support on centralized banking, technical
12 support on services, and maintenance of hardware components
Guarantee certificate from OEM that all the supplied products would not become obsolete
13 within next five years.

Checklist forTechnical Bid (To be kept in a single sealed cover):

1 Technical Bid
2 Annexure III(b) - Technical Compliance Statement for Hardware
3 Annexure VII - Bank Guarantee Format
4 Annexure VIII - Letter from OEM for Authorization and Warranty
5 Annexure IX - Letter of acceptance of Terms and Conditions
6 Annexure- XI - Performance Metrics/Service Level Parameters

Checklist for DD/EMD (To be kept a single sealed cover):


1 To submit DD/Manager's cheque (if download from web) for the cost of Tender Form
2 To submit EMD value in sealed envelope

* Please keep all of the above sealed covers within a larger sealed cover.
Annexure - IV (A)

Requirem Availability : Marks


Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
To provide Risk Measurement Tools- as per basel II
1 ALM M A 10 2 20
accord
To provide Gap Analysis
2 ALM M A 10 1 10
To provide Liquidity Risk Management
3 ALM M A 10 1 10
To provide Interest Rate Sensitivity
4 ALM M A 10 2 20
To provide Gap Ratios
5 ALM M A 10 1 10
To provide Duration Analysis
6 ALM M A 10 2 20
To provide Mark to Market and value at risk
7 ALM M A 10 1 10
To provide Simulation and Scenario Analysis and whatif
8 ALM M A 10 1 10
Scenario
To provide Capital Adequacy Measuring
9 ALM M A 10 2 20
To provide Bucket-wise comparison of mismatches net
10 ALM M A 10 2 20
present of mismatches and duration gaps
To provide Average balances branch-wise, product-
11 ALM M A 10 1 10
wise based on historical data
To provide Actual interest paid/received (in %) on
deposits, Investments & advances as compared to
12 ALM M A 10 1 10
weighted average interest or as any method described
by the bank
To provide Net Interest Income/Margin
13 ALM M A 10 1 10
To provide Key Ratio Builder
14 ALM D A 6 1 6
To provide Trend Analysis
15 ALM M A 10 1 10
To provide PV Analysis
16 ALM M A 10 1 10
To provide Forward Analysis
17 ALM M A 10 1 10

Page 1 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
To provide Data Normalisation system
18 ALM D A 6 1 6
System should support collection of ALM data from non-
19 ALM M A 10 1 10
CBS branches, if any
The system should provide for entry of ALM data for
opening new accounts/ defining existing accounts for
20 ALM A
proper classification of accounts according to needs for
forecasting as given below:
System should capture type of interest payment
21 ALM M A 10 1 10
(floating or fixed)
System should capture Frequency of interest accrual,
compounding frequency (monthly, quarterly, half-
22 ALM yearly, etc.), interest booking frequency (monthly, M A 10 1 10
quarterly, half-yearly) and projected balances (for fixed
interest rate)
System should record of due dates for payment,
23 ALM amounts of repayment expected, maturity dates and M A 10 1 10
fund flow projections to be generated.
System should record the effect of regular payment -
24 ALM in both floating and fixed rate scenario- and non- M A 10 1 10
payment of EMIs/ Instalments.
CRR/SLR Calculator
25 ALM M A 10 1 10
System should support generation of Maturity Pattern
Statement interest rate wise for Term Deposits as per
26 ALM M A 10 1 10
REMAINING maturity on any given date.

System should support generation of Maturity Pattern


Statement interest rate wise for Term Deposits
27 ALM M A 10 1 10
according to ORIGINAL maturity on any given date.

System should support generation of Maturity Pattern


Statement interest rate wise for Term Loans as per
28 ALM M A 10 1 10
REMAINING maturity on any given date.

System should support generation of Maturity Pattern


Statement interest rate wise for Term Loans according
29 ALM M A 10 1 10
to ORIGINAL maturity on any given date.

Page 2 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should support classification of assets and
liabilities into precise time buckets and generation of
30 ALM Maturity Profile / Liquidity Profile branch-wise/ region- M A 10 1 10
wise / District-wise as per contractual maturity.

System should support generation of behavioral


maturity pattern based on behavioral pattern / past
31 ALM M A 10 2 20
data / empirical studies and resultant classification.

System should support classification of retail deposits


32 ALM and retail loans on the basis of behavioral maturity into M A 10 2 20
appropriate buckets.
System should support for behaviour analysis of CASA
33 ALM M A 10 1 10
deposit
System should calculate and monitor individual and
34 ALM M A 10 1 10
group exposure limit.
System should provide maturity Pattern of Deposits
35 ALM and Advances and Cash Flow Mismatch M A 10 1 10

System should provide maturity Pattern / Duration /


36 ALM Modified Duration / Revaluation of Investment Portfolio M A 10 1 10

Interest Rate Risk


37 ALM M A 10 1 10

System should support calculation of Earnings at Risk


38 ALM and / or Net Interest Margin D A 6 1 6

System should support calculation of Periodic Returns


39 ALM M A 10 1 10

System should support Stress Test on Investment


40 ALM Portfolio D A 6 1 6

System should generate Statement of Projected Short


Term Dynamic Liquidity taking into account projected
41 ALM M A 10 1 10
inflows and outflows in different time buckets.

Page 3 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should generate Statement of Structural
Liquidity showing movement of Balance Sheet items in
42 ALM D A 6 1 6
time buckets as per RBI guidelines and should be
parameterised.
System should support Economic Value Analysis:
Change in economic value of assets and liabilities
43 ALM D A 6 1 6
resulting from an assumed percentage change in
interest (say 2%).
System should support calculation of modified duration
44 ALM based Market Risk of advances and investment M A 10 1 10
portfolio as per new RBI guidelines.
System should have functionality to determine the
45 ALM M A 10 1 10
unavailed portion of CC OD.
System should support Roll-in and roll-over of Term
46 ALM M A 10 1 10
Deposits.
System should support Embedded option – Premature
47 ALM M A 10 1 10
withdrawal of Deposits.
System should support Interest rate wise as well as
48 ALM maturity wise classification of Deposits & advances. M A 10 1 10

System should support Product Pricing of Deposit &


49 ALM M A 10 1 10
Advances
System should support Attainment of optimal mix of
50 ALM maturity profile of incremental assets & liabilities. M A 10 1 10

51 ALM System should support Lines of credit extended. D A 6 1 6


System should support Invocation /devolvement of
52 ALM M A 10 1 10
bank Guarantee/LCs.
System should have functionality to assess Impact of
53 ALM change in the interest rate on bank’s NII(Net Interest M A 10 1 10
Income) and NIM(Net Interest Margin).
System should provide Time-Bucket wise mismatches
54 ALM M A 10 1 10
of cash flow as percentage to outflow
System should provide Time-bucket wise
55 ALM mismatches(RSA-RSL as percentage to total equity) M A 10 1 10

Definition of customers to be on individual basis. Every


Customer
56 individual in a joint account should be treated as a M A 10 1 10
Information
separate customer.

Page 4 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Any account of the customer should not be allowed to
Customer
57 operate unless the Introduction offered is yet to be M A 10 1 10
Information
confirmed by the customer to the Bank.
Customer Customer identified by a unique identification number
58 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Unique customer-id across the Bank
59 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Accounts opening in different branches using the same
60 M A 10 1 10
Information customer-id
Search facility to enable the Bank to check whether a
Customer
61 person is already a customer of the bank (based upon M A 10 1 10
Information
name, address, PAN etc).
Customer Possibility of entering the following customer information
62 A
Information on the system.
Customer Name,(With mother's maiden name) Customer
Customer Address, Second address .New customer has to complete
63 M A 10 1 10
Information the KYC norms.The application has to follow the same.

Customer In case of Non-Resident Customers, Local Contact


64 D A 6 1 6
Information Address if any
Customer Customer Phone and Fax numbers (office and home),
65 M A 10 1 10
Information Mobile phone number, email, website
Parameterization of different types of
Customer
66 customers[Individual,Co-op Society, SHG, Corporate, M A 10 1 10
Information
Partnership, Public Sector, etc.]
Customer Category [General, Minor, Staff, VIP, Non-Resident, etc.]
67 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Member (yes or No) i.e. whether he is a Share holder of
68 M A 10 1 10
Information the Bank or not.
Customer Occupation, Gender, Date of Birth
69 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Nomination Details
70 M A 10 1 10
Information
Page 5 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Customer Minor -Date of Birth, Date of attaining majority
71 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Guardian Details for Minor Deposits.
72 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Branch identification code.(home branch)
73 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Introducer’s details
74 M A 10 1 10
Information
Feasibility of viewing Customer's relationship with the
Customer Branch and Bank by entering either the customer-id or
75 M A 10 1 10
Information any of his account numbersattached that customer(partly
or fully)
In the event of a customer dying or being declared insane
Customer or insolvent, is it possible to updated the customer status
76 M A 10 1 10
Information with the fact.(facility to delete non existing customers)

Customer Customer information file or that provides a snapshot


77 M A 10 1 10
Information view of a customer's account relationships
Determination if one customer acts as a guarantor for
another or identify all those customers who are involved
Customer
78 in any bankruptcy proceedings.If a borrower’s account M A 10 1 10
Information
becomes NPA, then we should be able to identify all his
accounts and all accounts for whic
System should generate an Unique Customer ID (Cust ID)
Customer for any type of Customer across all the branches. The
79 M A 10 1 10
Information customer ID should be a alphanumeric field with the
branch code attached to it.
Customer The Customer Information File should be available across
80 M A 10 1 10
Information all modules of the system
Customer Customer Id should have a check digit
81 M A 10 1 10
Information

Page 6 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
The system should have the following information about
Customer the Customer: Title Code, Name, Joint Name, Date of
82 M A 10 1 10
Information Birth, Gender, Educational Qualififcation ,Occupation,
Marital Status, Salaried, etc.
Customer Permanent Address
83 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Postal Address with pin code
84 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Contact Address with pin code
85 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer E-mail address
86 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Telephone Numbers – office, residence, Fax No. Mobile
87 M A 10 1 10
Information No.
Customer Public Ltd. Company, Private Ltd. Company, Govt. /
88 Bank , Multinational, etc. M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Customer classification based on Profession (Business,
89 Retired, Student, etc.) M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Permanent Account Number
90 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Electoral Card No.
91 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Passport details
92 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer SC/ST/BC/OC/Minority status
93 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Driving Licence details
94 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Citizen ID
95 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Introducer’s name and account number
96 M A 10 1 10
Information

Page 7 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Customer In the case of Corporate customers the following details may be
97 captured
M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Title (M/s etc.)
98 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Name
99 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Firm branch number
100 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Company type (partnership / Ltd. Liability / Public / State Corp. etc.)
101 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Line of Business
102 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Industry
103 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Sub- classification of industry
104 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Sector
105 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Date incorporated
106 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Place incorporated
107 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Date registered
108 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Place registered
109 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Date of commencement of business
110 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Business registration number
111 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Memorandum & Articles of Association, Certificate of
112 M A 10 1 10
Information Incorporation

Page 8 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Customer Tax registration number
113 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Sales Tax
114 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Excise
115 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Income Tax
116 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Registered address
117 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Head office address
118 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Mailing address
119 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Phone number 1
120 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Phone number 2
121 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Fax number
122 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Telex number
123 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer E-mail address
124 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Web URL
125 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Industry type
126 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Details of Constituetns / Office Bearer of the Institution
127 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Name
128 M A 10 1 10
Information

Page 9 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Customer PAN number
129 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Designations
130 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Passport number
131 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Address for each partner / Director/ authorized
132 signatory M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Signature each partner / director / authorized signatory
133 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Customer ID (If customer of the bank)
134 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Account number (If customer of the bank)
135 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Name of the other banks banked with, with account
136 number M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Other Banking relationships of the company with
137 details like M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Type of relationship
138 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Limits for operation
139 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Account number
140 M A 10 1 10
Information
Ability to generate a Group ID for various groups of
Customer
141 customers, including individual/society and corporate M A 10 1 10
Information
customers.
Customer Ability to link customer ID’s to group ID
142 M A 10 1 10
Information
Ability to define customer to account relationship as
Customer follows for example It should be possible to generate the
143 M A 10 1 10
Information list of all accounts maintained by a customer with the
bank and it’s relationship type such as:
Page 10 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Customer Single
144 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Joint
145 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Guardian
146 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Introducer
147 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Guarantor
148 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Ability to define relationship for joint account holders /
149 M A 10 1 10
Information nominee to the parent account holder. Such as:
Customer Spouse
150 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Guardian
151 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Introducer
152 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Ability to define Corporate to corporate relationship such
153 M A 10 1 10
Information as:
Customer Group of
154 M A 10 1 10
Information
Customer Parent Company of
155 M A 10 1 10
Information
Agri - Facility to capture crop details ( Rabi-Kharif-Others /
156 M A 10 1 10
Advance Subcategory within Rabi -Khariff-Others )
Agri - Facility to capture due date parameters for crop loan
157 M A 10 1 10
Advance schemes
Agri - Facility capture Block/GP / Mouza / village details (
158 M A 10 1 10
Advance Name
Agri - Facility to categorise Farmers/members depending on the
159 M A 10 1 10
Advance land holdings

Page 11 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Agri -
160 Facility for KCC loans M A 10 1 10
Advance
Agri -
161 Facility for Different Crop loans M A 10 1 10
Advance
Agri -
162 Facility for Agricultural Medium Term, Long Term loans M A 10 1 10
Advance
Agri - Facility to capture the entire details of loans proposal
163 M A 10 1 10
Advance from the societies
The loan proposal should contain loans intended by each
Agri -
164 farmer, land informations,crop informations, Scale of M A 10 1 10
Advance
Finance.
Agri - Facility to capture all the inspection details for the loan
165 D A 6 1 6
Advance proposal
Agri - Facility to capture all the Sanction details like board
166 M A 10 1 10
Advance resolution, interest rates, repayment dates
Agri -
167 Facility to print the sanction letters D A 6 1 6
Advance
Agri - Facility to generate the DCB in respect of each PACS at
168 M A 10 3 30
Advance periodical intervals.
Agri -
169 Facility to disburse the loans as and when required. M A 10 1 10
Advance
Agri - Facility to generate the repayment schedule of each
170 M A 10 1 10
Advance drawal.
Facility of multiple disbursement under one account.
Agri -
171 Different loans given to the societies to be shown under M A 10 2 20
Advance
one account
Agri - * Facility of recovery of loans - Manual adjustments
172 M A 10 1 10
Advance against the drawals
Agri - * Facility of recovery of loans - Ineterst to be posted to
173 M A 10 1 10
Advance the society accounts on receivable basis
Agri - * Facility to provide principal due, interest due, Charges
174 M A 10 1 10
Advance due as on any given date.

Page 12 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Agri -
175 Sanction register M A 10 1 10
Advance
Agri -
176 Loans disbursement register M A 10 1 10
Advance
Agri -
177 Outstanding drawals ( limit - amount drawn) M A 10 1 10
Advance
Agri -
178 STSAO Report - Fortnightly M A 10 1 10
Advance
Agri -
179 NODC - Monthly M A 10 2 20
Advance
Agri -
180 Principal DCB Report M A 10 2 20
Advance
Agri -
181 Interest DCB Report M A 10 2 20
Advance
Agri -
182 Society Wise loan Balance Outstanding M A 10 1 10
Advance
Agri - Branchwise / Blockwise / Society wise classification of
183 M A 10 2 20
Advance overdue loans
Agri - Facility for - Interest not to be charged for refunded
184 M A 10 2 20
Advance drawals within say ( 3/7 days)
Agri - Facility for - Computation of daily product based on
185 M A 10 2 20
Advance retrospect credit
Agri - Subvention - Daily product for the respective periods (
186 M A 10 2 20
Advance half-yearly / Qtrly) on current portion of the loans
Facility for - computation / reckoning / realisation /
Agri -
187 payment of Crop Insurance premium at the time of M A 10 1 10
Advance
disbursement of Loan as a part of Loan amount.
Agri -
188 Facility for - Crop Insurance Claim received / Disbursed M A 10 1 10
Advance
Agri - Facility to capture PACS details like Id,Name,Authorized
189 M A 10 1 10
Advance Signatoies, Loans disbursed,

Page 13 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Facility to Capture member details of the societies
Agri - (Minority Commn / OBC / SC / ST / SF / MF / OF /
190 M A 10 1 10
Advance Women / Phy Hand / Oral lessee / Patta holders / Share
croppers etc )
Agri - Facility to capture Land details of the society members (
191 M A 10 1 10
Advance Irrigation / Land Area / Khatian no - Dag no)
Crop Insurance - Computation based on Parameters ( GP /
Agri -
192 No of farmers / Crop / Farmer type / Acreage / Quantum M A 10 2 20
Advance
of loan)
Capture the Summary report from each PACS ( No of
Agri -
193 Total members / No of Borrowing members / New M A 10 1 10
Advance
members ( General - Borrower )
PACS - SHG ( No of SHG / No of member ( Gender) /
Agri -
194 Caste / Religion ) - both for Deposit as well as Credit M A 10 2 20
Advance
linked
Report on : PACS - SHG ( No of SHG / No of member (
Agri -
195 Gender) / Caste / Religion ) - both for Deposit as well as M A 10 2 20
Advance
Credit linked
Agri - PACS - SHG - Amount of Deposit / Amounts of Loan
196 M A 10 1 10
Advance disbursed / Balance OS /
Agri - Report on :PACS - SHG - Amount of Deposit / Amounts
197 M A 10 2 20
Advance of Loan disbursed / Balance OS /
Agri - PACS - SHG - Amount disbursed - During the year /
198 M A 10 1 10
Advance Since inception)
Agri - Report on : PACS - SHG - Amount disbursed - During
199 M A 10 2 20
Advance the year / Since inception)
PACS - SHG - Repayment ( Current Demand / Total
Agri -
200 Demand / Recovery -Principal / Interest ), % of Recovery M A 10 3 30
Advance
% - (Recovery to Total Demand)
Agri - SHG wise no of loan issued ( both Bank SHG and PACS
201 M A 10 2 20
Advance SHG)

Page 14 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted

PACS - KCC summary ( No of - (KCCs issued, Having


Agri - Opening bal , No isuued during the period, Progressive
202 M A 10 2 20
Advance no, Opng Balance OS, Loan issued during the period No
having Closing Balance OS) Operative / Inoperative KCC

PACS - Administrative module ( AGM held on / Next


AGM due on / Having elected BOD Y/N / Date of last
Agri -
203 BOD formation / Appointed - Elected - Nominated board) M A 10 1 10
Advance
/ Audit completed upto / Audit Rating A-B-C etc/
Whether placed under liquidation- Date of Liquidation

Agri - Facility to capture - Name / Regn no-Address - No of


204 M A 10 1 10
Advance Members ( Covered under CPF) - no of Active Looms
Agri - Limit sanctioned - Validity period- DP- OS Bal - Overdue
205 M A 10 2 20
Advance amt -
Agri -
206 NODC Report - monthly / last Friday M A 10 2 20
Advance
Facility to incorporate date of receipt of application &
207 Advance M A 10 1 10
other particulars of application.
System should check whether customer information
208 Advance contains all relevant information including net worth & M A 10 1 10
other requirements as per KYC norm
System should capture details on guarantor containing all
209 Advance relevant information including net worth & other M A 10 1 10
requirements.
Customer and guarantor information should meet CIBIL
210 Advance D A 6 1 6
requirement
System should have provision to classify the borrower as
211 Advance per constitution (individual, private ltd., public ltd, co- M A 10 1 10
operative society, trust etc.).

Page 15 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should have provision to further categorise all
loans/advances as – Soverign (domestic/foreign), Bank
(Scheduled/others), Corporate (PSEs, Project finance,
212 Advance Object finance, Primary dealers etc.), retail portfolio and M A 10 2 20
Loan against mortgage backed securities (residential
mortgages/commercial real estate/ others) i.e. as per
BASEL – II norms.
System should have provision for facility-wise
213 Advance classification of Advances like Demand/ Term/Cash M A 10 1 10
Credit/WCDL/WCTL/BP etc
System should have provision for Sector-wise
classification like priority/ non-priority/ MSME
214 Advance M A 10 2 20
/Agriculture/Infrastructure etc. they should further be
categorized as Direct Finance & Indirect Finance.
System should have provision for Scheme-wise
215 Advance M A 10 1 10
classification.
Classification of borrowal Accounts into SC, ST, Minority
216 Advance Community, OBC, Phy. Handicapped, Women. M A 10 1 10

In case of manufacturing activities, Provision for


incorporating type of industries, viz Fertilizer
217 Advance (organic/inorganic) Transport, Power, Steel, Cement etc. M A 10 1 10
System should have flexibility to modify group of
industries
System should determine borrower/GroupWise exposure
218 Advance M A 10 1 10

219 Advance System should determine industry wise exposure M A 10 1 10


System should have a warning system to indicate that
220 Advance exposure limit in a particular industry / borrower / group M A 10 1 10
has exceeded or likely to exceed
System should incorporate activity / sector lending to
221 Advance M A 10 1 10
which require HO approval

Page 16 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision to interface with Credit Appraisal, stock feeds
222 Advance M A 10 1 10
and credit rating agencies.
Provision to access the appraisal note and accord online
223 Advance M A 10 1 10
approval by the delegated authority.
System should have a Risk Rating System compatible
with our system or have a provision to provide interface
with Banks existing risk rating model. It should be
224 Advance M A 10 1 10
flexible so that parameters may be modified as per bank’s
policy. There should also be provision to feed risk rating
manually.
System should have provision to incorporate external
225 Advance rating of rating agencies (e.g. CRISIL/ICRA) along with M A 10 1 10
our rating
System should provide for setting minimum and
226 Advance maximum limits of Loan and it should be flexible for M A 10 1 10
various lending schemes
System should provide facility for appraisal for Retail
227 Advance Lending Schemes (as per eligibility and repaying capacity M A 10 1 10
norms) and be flexible
Audit Trail of modifications to Master details should be
available. Status of any Loan account as on any date if
228 Advance M A 10 1 10
queried on a later date, the same position prevailing on
that date including master details should reflect.
System should support Lending style Sole / Consortium /
229 Advance M A 10 1 10
Syndication etc
System should feed financial details of the customers for
arriving at the financial strength related to the advance.
(Current Ratio, Debt equity ratio, Debt service coverage
230 Advance M A 10 2 20
ratio, Internal rate of return (IRR), Break even point etc).
Accordingly CMA data should be captured/integrated
with appraisal for further decision.

Page 17 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Assessment as per turnover method. (Projected Sales,
231 Advance 25% of projected sales, 5% margin, NWC projected/ M A 10 1 10
available. EBF etc) should be available
Balance sheet and ratio analysis should be incorporated in
232 Advance appraisal frame work as per MPBF method & facility M A 10 1 10
should be available for the same to be parameterised
System should have separate framework/format for credit
233 Advance D A 6 1 6
limit assessment under cash budget system
System should have provision for incorporating
234 Advance eligibility norms and other key features for specialised M A 10 1 10
schemes
System should regulate discretionary authority (Lending)
235 Advance M A 10 1 10
at various levels.
Retail Lending Schemes, various schemes for Rural
236 Advance Credit, other specialised schemes should be M A 10 1 10
parameterized.
Provision to specify maximum period for any type of loan.
237 Advance M A 10 1 10

238 Advance Sectorwise and unit/borrower-wise exposure M A 10 1 10


239 Advance Provision for Hire Purchase and Leasing finance D A 6 1 6
240 Advance Provision for Project Finance draw down schedule. M A 10 1 10
Proper Parameterisation for sanctioning authorities
241 Advance M A 10 1 10
according to the scheme
Provision to modify terms of sanction viz. rate of interest,
security, margin, interchangeability of facility and there
242 Advance M A 10 1 10
should be details of the sanctioning authority (Name,
Designation etc)
Availability of Commodity-wise exposure under Selective
243 Advance D A 6 1 6
Credit Control System other features
System should allow interchangeability from one fund
244 Advance based limit to another and one Non-fund based to another D A 6 1 6
within overall sanctioned limit

Page 18 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
The system should capture and generate code for various
245 Advance D A 6 1 6
activities/sectors as per BSR forms.
System should record grace periods for submission of at
least the following: Stock statements, Book debts
246 Advance M A 10 1 10
statements, Periodical statements, Annual balance sheets,
Profit and loss statements, CMA data form.
System should generate appropriate warning messages /
letters before the due date for the above mentioned
247 Advance M A 10 1 10
statements. Check for the parameter to generate warning
messages / letters.
System should maintain and track post sanction review
248 Advance details. (e.g. documents to be reviewed, frequency, M A 10 1 10
comments etc.)
System should define criteria (user definable) for an
249 Advance account going out of order and/or NPA. Check for the M A 10 1 10
parameters to define the same.
Map and define drop – downs for selection of sub-
categories based on type of advance selected. E.g. if the
250 Advance category of advance is selected as Priority sector advance M A 10 1 10
then the system should only show those sub- categories
that are applicable to priority sector advances
Provision to Calculate the DP for multiple securities
having different margins linked to a particular a/c and vice
251 Advance M A 10 1 10
versa (e.g.different margins for stocks & book debts of
different age wise).
System should record sanction of Overdraft limits to
252 Advance certain accounts, as secured and unsecured and capture M A 10 1 10
the sanctioned limit.
System should maintain and monitor the exposure to
253 Advance M A 10 1 10
sensitive sectors. Sectors should be paramaterised.
254 Advance System should Parameterise adhoc sanctions. O A 4 1 4
Facility to generate individual Branch reports at any
255 Advance M A 10 1 10
interval at the Head Office level.
Page 19 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Facility of the system to upload data received in any
electronic format from branches outside the core banking
256 Advance M A 10 1 10
system for consolidation and amalgamation for reporting
purposes.
Facility to support manual feeding of data at the Head
257 Advance office for consolidation and amalgamation of data M A 10 1 10
received from manual Branches.
System should have provision of classification Priority
258 Advance Sector Advances as per Bank's formats (giving M A 10 1 10
outstanding and disbursement) .
Facility for drawing-up projected/estimated balance-
259 Advance sheet/P&L statement on the basis of past actual for last M A 10 4 40
three years or more pertaining to the borrower.
While assessing working capital requirement of a specific
project, system should have facility to access some other
260 Advance D A 6 1 6
a/cs of established unit of the same sector can assist in
realistic assessment.
Automatic transfer of customer's profile along with the
261 Advance details of loans, sub limit, value of security, etc at the time M A 10 1 10
of transfer of any a/c from one branch to another.
Provision to link various loan schemes with insurance
coverage wherever provided for in the Bank’s scheme.
262 Advance There should also be provision for paying the insurance M A 10 1 10
premium as per terms of the policy (either one-time
premium payment or yearly renewal)
System should link standard remarks / add new remarks
263 Advance for comparison of actuals v/s benchmarks, estimates, M A 10 1 10
projections etc.
System should highlight criteria for not meeting the
264 Advance M A 10 1 10
benchmarked levels.
Powerful on-line enquiry utilities allowing different
265 Advance access path to the information which includes the current D A 6 1 6
loan details as well as the historical information.
Page 20 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
To adjudge any deviation from terms and conditions of
266 Advance M A 10 1 10
sanction at the time of review/renewal/enhancement
System should support refinance (NABARD/SIDBI, etc.).
267 Advance M A 10 1 10

268 Advance system should support subsidy received. M A 10 1 10


system should support securitization of future receivables.
269 Advance M A 10 1 10

270 Advance system should support multiple financing. D A 6 1 6


271 Advance system should support Deferred payment guarantee. O A 4 1 4
system should support multi-divisional companies under
272 Advance same/different consortium with different method of O A 4 1 4
lendings.
system should support securitization through SPV (special
273 Advance O A 4 1 4
purpose vehicle)
system should support maintenance of Trust and
274 Advance O A 4 1 4
Retention account/ESCROW mechanism.
Provision of Capital charge calculation as per BASEL II
275 Advance M A 10 1 10
norms
System should have proper control over powers of
276 Advance M A 10 1 10
sanctioning authority
System should support all priority type advances products
277 Advance M A 10 1 10
like PMEGP,SGSY,SHG etc.)
Share linkage facility for borrower should be available
278 Advance with their amount of shares and no. of shares,membership M A 10 1 10
no.
Nominal membership linkage with borrowers should be
279 Advance available with their nominal Membership No., Date , M A 10 1 10
Amount, etc. System should track nominal members
Display of all accounts of a person/company in a
branch/bank should be available, option to link the
280 Advance M A 10 1 10
accounts to a particular customer number should be
available in the same option

Page 21 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision for checklist of documents for various purposes
or activities/ Parameterisation of Loan Document
281 Advance generation. document should be marked as mandatory/non- M A 10 1 10
mandatory. system should restrict to proceed if mandatory
documents are not received.
System should not bypass document marked as
282 Advance M A 10 1 10
mandatory by higher authority.
System should migrate required data from loan
283 Advance M A 10 1 10
application/process note to loan documents
System should link to the documentation management
284 Advance O A 4 1 4
module for documentation & monitoring.
System should capture details & print standard loan
285 Advance documents in the prescribed format as desired by bank. M A 10 1 10
(Hyp.deed, G’tee deed, DPN, Sanct.Letter etc.)
Provision for Borrower-wise details of various documents
executed along with date of the execution and also due
286 Advance M A 10 1 10
date for renewal of document. System should define
grace x-days for document renewal.
System should accept opening of the account after the
287 Advance M A 10 1 10
execution of mandatory documents.
System should not accept the initial debit
288 Advance disbursement/transaction without due authorization by the M A 10 1 10
appropriate authority.
Realisation of cheque/Debit ECS return charges along
with applicable taxes to be debited by the system itself
289 Advance M A 10 1 10
and related debit advice for customer as well as the
corresponding voucher to be generated simultaneously.
In case of schematic lending the eligibility criteria
including the quantum of eligible finance to be generated
290 Advance after entering the relevant informations/particulars M A 10 1 10
furnished by the proponent through loan application form.

Page 22 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
In case of project finance detailed data related to locations
and cost of project, means of finance, schedule of
291 Advance implementations, comparisons of progress/ status of M A 10 1 10
implementations are to be maintained in the system and
report generation facility at any point of time.
In case of project finance year-wise accepted DSCR
292 Advance including particulars of repayment obligations to all the M A 10 1 10
creditors individually should be maintained.
In case of project finance monitoring and review of actual
DSCR position as at the year end including inter-alia
particulars of repayment made to different creditors vis-à-
293 Advance M A 10 1 10
vis over due position as also variations occurring due to
change in the rate of interest should be generated as and
when required.
In case of Project finance value of Bank’s share in the
security (net block excluding evaluation) created out of
294 Advance the project finance considering outstanding liabilities with D A 6 1 6
different project financers to be made available from the
system.
Facility for calculating asset coverage ratio to assess the
295 Advance M A 10 1 10
security coverage of the proposed loan asset.
Provision to allow multiple disbursements from a same
account simultaneously against single debit by means of
296 Advance M A 10 2 20
issuance of Bankers cheque / DD / RBI cheque / RTGS /
Credit advice/Internal Transfer
All filled in Loan documents should be generated based
297 Advance M A 10 1 10
on application and sanction terms
Provision to record Proirity Code,Purpose code,Loan
298 Advance M A 10 1 10
period,Weaker section with subclassification
System should have provision for ROC search report
299 Advance M A 10 1 10
maintenance & renewal

Page 23 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
There should be a system for recording primary security
& Collateral Security with details of each security viz.
date of valuation & amount, nature of security,value of
security,location of security,security verification date
etc.(both movable & immovable). These securities
300 Advance should be categorized as per regulatory (BASEL –II) M A 10 3 30
norms so that risk weightage can be calculated properly
viz loan against mortgage of residential properties, loan
against mortgage of commercial property etc.
System should have provision to record one security for
many accounts & vice versa
There should be a distinct system for recording eligible
301 Advance M A 10 1 10
financial collateral as defined by RBI (Basel-II).
Exclusive Security maintenance system with parameters
of margin, depreciation rate, appreciation rate, period for
302 Advance M A 10 1 10
valuation,tax bill payment date etc globally maintained

Provision to revaluate the securities periodically &


303 Advance revaluation periodicity,Valuers name & other details M A 10 1 10
should be parameterised.
System should provide for automatically carrying out the
304 Advance A
following activities as and when specified by the user :-
Proper Drawing power calculation taking into account the
305 Advance Stock statement, Book debt statement, Shares, Properties M A 10 1 10
etc.
System should show value of collaterals, margin and O/s
306 Advance M A 10 1 10
Liabilities.
System should link securities charged to particular
account as continuing security for other limits. e.g
307 Advance M A 10 1 10
Security of Machineries charged to Term loan taken as a
continuing security for BG/LC/WC limits.
System should warn for valuation of Stock /Book debts/
308 Advance M A 10 1 10
Machinery/ Building etc. when next valuation falls due.
Page 24 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should prompt and update Insurance premiums for
309 Advance M A 10 1 10
loans against LIC policies.
System should define criteria for (user definable) conduct
of stock audit (e.g. for accounts with sanction limit of
over defined amount etc). Details to be captured are:
310 Advance Stock audit date, Name of Chartered Accountant / M A 10 2 20
Company or audit firm, Stock Audit sanction date, Next
audit date, Status of audit report (e.g. closed, open etc.),
Action points / comments by the auditor.
System should parameterize frequency of stock audit as
311 Advance per Bank’s policy. It should be available M A 10 1 10
accountwise/borrowerwise
System should define asset code for classification of
assets based upon user definable parameters (for example
Asset Code 'X' as standard for delinquent for less than 90
312 Advance days,). Further the system should have the facility to M A 10 1 10
define sub - asset codes within a defined asset code e.g.
under standard assets sub - asset code regular /irregular /
out of order / weak standard etc.
System should define the number (parameterisable) of
days upon which the system should generate warning
messages / print reports for accounts out of order /
313 Advance irregular based upon user definable criteria e.g. display M A 10 1 10
warning messages for those accounts where interest is
outstanding for x number of days. Check for the existence
of the parameter.
Provision to enter details of the goods pledged in case of
advance against pledge and other details based on the
314 Advance M A 10 1 10
nature of the a/c and also link of the amount of loan with
the value of goods security.
System should record details of ROC charge with details
315 Advance M A 10 1 10
like amount,charge ID No.,Date etc

Page 25 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision to release the Security taken as a lien on
316 Advance M A 10 1 10
discharge of liability by the customer.
Provision for noting charge on securities with the
317 Advance M A 10 1 10
concerned multiple authorities.
Collection of Margin Money prior to release of loan.
318 Advance M A 10 1 10

Facility of marking lien on the Margin amount / subsidy


received from various agencies in lieu of margin, where
319 Advance the margin/subsidy is to be maintained separately till M A 10 1 10
continuation of facilities viz LC, BG, Govt. sponsored
schemes etc.
Provision to promptly release the Margin amount
320 Advance collected by the bank to keep in lien account, on discharge M A 10 1 10
of liability by the customer.
Provision to prompt the availability of Margin amount
321 Advance M A 10 1 10
collected by the bank while classifying as NPA a/c.
Display facility of total margin amount along with the
322 Advance O A 4 1 4
details for each type of loan product / scheme
Display facility of total subsidy amounts for each type of
323 Advance O A 4 1 4
loan product / scheme.
Facility to maintain & verify status of subsidy application
324 Advance O A 4 1 4
to the concerned authority.
Calculate interest on Simple, Compound methods for
325 Advance M A 10 1 10
various schemes offered by the bank
All types of interest/Special types interest such as
Housing loan of staff. Interest liability should be
separately maintained so that interest portion with
326 Advance M A 10 2 20
rate/type of any loan should be available. Interest and
Principal should be separately shown in account carrying
SI such as Staff Housing Loan.
327 Advance System should define slab interest rates at account level M A 10 1 10
Calculate interest on outstanding on a
328 Advance M A 10 1 10
daily/monthly/quarterly/half-yearly/Yearly basis.
Page 26 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
A provision to link interest rate with Credit Risk Rating at
329 Advance M A 10 1 10
option of the Bank.
A provision to apply interest rates for every product
330 Advance offered by the bank based upon defined criteria e.g. type M A 10 1 10
of account, category etc
A provision to apply interest rate based on RAROC (Risk-
331 Advance D A 6 1 6
weighted Asset and Return on Capital).
Interest rates linked to PLR/Benchmark rate/PTLR etc
332 Advance M A 10 1 10
should be related to type of account globally.
Interest rates related to loan against time deposits should
333 Advance change automatically according to deposit rate of interest M A 10 1 10
on renewal of deposit.
Provision to define grace/moratorium period & recover
334 Advance M A 10 1 10
interest/principal/EI/EMI etc. accordingly.
Back dated recalculation of interest with/types slabs
should be available and balance to be recovered, should
335 Advance M A 10 2 20
be recovered automatically. (This is required for OTS of
NPA accounts)
System should define interest rates i.e. whether linked /
not linked to benchmark rates (Floating/Fixed). Provision
to mark accounts as linked / not linked to benchmark
336 Advance M A 10 1 10
rates.System should automatically change interest rates
after change in benchmanrk rates. Provision to record
benchmark rates at Global level.
Changing of rate of Interest Globally/Individually
337 Advance M A 10 1 10
backdated/future.
Provision for accepting ROI below PLR only for
338 Advance M A 10 1 10
authorized loan products accounts.
The penal interest should be applied considering
parameterised Penal rate of Interest and list of
339 Advance M A 10 1 10
exemptions. Wherever waived, the same should reflect in
the audit trail report to verify revenue leakage.

Page 27 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Recalculation of Interest/Penal interest for back dated
revaluation of securities. (e.g. Interest to be reckoned from
340 Advance D A 6 1 6
first day of the month by the DP as per the stock statement
is entered on 21st).
Charging of interest on withdrawals against unclear effect
341 Advance M A 10 1 10
of cheques.
System should have provision of autocharging of
342 Advance commitment charges on unutilized portion of credit limit M A 10 1 10
with flexibility for exemption under proper authorisation.
System should have provision of charging auto-penal
interest for delayed submission of monthly stock
343 Advance M A 10 1 10
statement/QIS/Renewal of limits periodically and auto-
generate debit advice for customers.
Define instances where interest is to be calculated as
defined for that product, scheme / account but not be
applied to the account e.g. accounts marked as NPA
344 Advance accounts, broken accounts, suit filed / decreed loan M A 10 1 10
accounts etc. The interest accrued should always be
visible at the time of transaction processing, authorizing
etc
Provision for automatic reversal of unrealized interest
from the account on account becoming NPA and booking
345 Advance M A 10 1 10
of income from URI account on recovery in the account.

System should raise principal + interest demands on due


346 Advance M A 10 1 10
dates
Effect of changes in the interest demand date and loan
347 Advance repayment schedule in case of changes in moratorium M A 10 1 10
period/gestation.
Provision for report on interest received during a given
348 Advance period against lending under various products / M A 10 1 10
schemes/sectors etc.

Page 28 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
In case of loan against FDR- facility to link the loan ROI
to Specific Deposit a/c (FDR rate+ …%)
349 Advance M A 10 1 10
In Loan/OD against fixed deposits the interest rates can be
calculated on Weighted average method.
Interest accrual Report- Details of interest accrued but not
350 Advance M A 10 1 10
charged (including NPA accounts)
Calculation of Prepayment penalty with flexibility for
351 Advance M A 10 1 10
waiver with due authorization.
Provision for calculation of interest in any loan accounts
352 Advance with retrospective effect or on accrual basis at future date M A 10 1 10
and to generate report thereof.
Facility to capitalise interest as per parameter set for a
353 Advance defined loan(such as capitalisation of interest in case of M A 10 1 10
construction co/project) in case of graded installment.
While applying interest in respect of borrowers whose
loan account is distinct from the subsidy account, the
354 Advance M A 10 1 10
interest should be applied after netting the subsidy
amount.
Application of interest in case of TOD (without any
355 Advance regular limit) as and when the accounts comes in to credit/ D A 6 1 6
or at month/quarter end (capitalization)
356 Advance Overdue calculation base should be parameterised M A 10 1 10
System should have provision for change in rate of
357 Advance interest amountwise to purposewise and vice versa or both M A 10 1 10

Provision for fixation of equated installments based on


periodicity of payment, viz. EMI for monthly repayment,
EQI for Quarterely installment,EHI for half-yearly
358 Advance M A 10 1 10
installment, EAI for annual repayment.
System should have provision of converting EMI to Non
EMI and vice versa

Page 29 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision for monthly installment computation based on
concept of “Progressive Monthly Installment” (PMI)
359 Advance M A 10 1 10
where monthly installments may be less during initial
period of repayment and will be more afterwards.
Provision for recovery of principal at one frequency and
360 Advance M A 10 1 10
Interest in a different frequency. (Staff Housing Loan)
Option to adjust EMI table with changes in the interest
361 Advance slabs taking into consideration the effective dates for such M A 10 1 10
interest rate changes
Different types of Interest during the Moratorium Period.
362 Advance M A 10 1 10

Alert when customer initiated transaction in the account


363 Advance M A 10 1 10
which happens to be Overdue and/or NPA Account.
Rebate/incentive on Interest for regular payment ( on
364 Advance M A 10 1 10
running basis and back-end basis)
Verify for Ad hoc rescheduling, for example the customer
makes a lump sum payment of three installments at a time
in advance and wants waiving of auto recovery of
365 Advance installment of next three months, should be possible and M A 10 1 10
also not to generate demands for next three
months.Accordingly account should not be classified as
NPA.
Provision to calculate Prepayment charges.
366 Advance M A 10 1 10

Transfer periodical Deposit Interest and maturity amount


367 Advance M A 10 1 10
to Loan/CC account
Provision to re-schedule in case of bulk payment/overdue
368 Advance and adjust interest payments in the event of pre / part M A 10 1 10
payment automatically for EMI.
Provision to define moratorium period. Check for the
parameters for the same. Moratorium period should be
369 Advance M A 10 1 10
defined for only interest, only principal, equated monthly
installment.
Page 30 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should specify any deposit account maintained by
the customer in any branch of the Bank for the purpose of
loan recovery through standing instruction. Verify for a
370 Advance M A 10 1 10
loan recovery through a standing instruction. If it is not
possible verify the execution of the Standing instruction.

On repayment, the relevant loan limit of the customer to


371 Advance M A 10 1 10
be updated(e.g. OD a/c against multiple security).
Functionality to recover interest first in case of partial
recovery. The system should also have the ability to
372 Advance M A 10 1 10
apportion the installment amount between principal and
interest .
Provision to adjust the loan amount outstanding with the
373 Advance M A 10 1 10
margin amount if held in separate account with the bank.
Provision for auto rescheduling after moratorium / holiday
374 Advance period or after final disbursement has also taken place. M A 10 1 10

Post dated cheques maintenance and tracking a/c wise.


375 Advance M A 10 1 10

EMI to be re-fixed automatically- In case of change in


376 Advance M A 10 1 10
ROI depending upon remaining period of repayment.
Facility to generate an EMI schedule giving break up of
377 Advance principal, interest and balance o/s for the tenure of the M A 10 1 10
loan.
Facility for adjustment of payment should be
378 Advance parameterised as - towards a) Interest first, b) principal M A 10 1 10
first, c) other charges first.
Facility to maintain ADHOC CC/OD should be available.
379 Advance Interest calculation for ADHOC as per Banks policy M A 10 1 10
should be parameterised at product level.

Page 31 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
In case of SI, if balance in the account is lower than the SI
amount then balance in the account except minimum
380 Advance balance should be transferred to the loan account.( In case M A 10 1 10
of Term loan SI amount should be Installment + Interest +
overdues) as per the option of the user
Auto recovery option should be available in case of
381 Advance M A 10 1 10
due/overdue amount
System should have provision for recovering Loan
382 Advance installment/interest through ECS/NEFT for EMI / non M A 10 1 10
EMI
The schedule of disbursement (to be disbursed in full at a
383 Advance time or disbursed in given number of phases), mode of M A 10 1 10
disbursement etc should be parameterised.
Display arrears charge / commission if any, at the time of
384 Advance M A 10 1 10
transaction/ posting/ authorization etc.
Recover charges applicable to an account when the
account has a favorable balance and store the unrecovered
385 Advance M A 10 1 10
portion and recover the same as soon as the account
comes to favorable balance.
There sould be provision to modify / waive any charge for
a particular customer as sometimes Bank charge less than
386 Advance O A 4 1 4
the normal rates for various services or even waive the
same in case of high net worth (HNI) customers.
System should print a notional loss report for a customer /
group in the event charges have been waived to the
387 Advance particular accounts / special rates have been specified for O A 4 1 4
those particular accounts vis – a – vis the set global
charges (as per Bank’s policy)
Provision to Collect Interest Tax or any other type of
388 Advance predefined tax. Proper accounting of such Taxes for M A 10 1 10
verifications.
Value-dating for the transactions in respect of responding
389 Advance M A 10 1 10
Cr & Dr advices.
Page 32 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provide details of commission/Interest amounts etc
received from one account to decide value of connection
390 Advance M A 10 1 10
in order to consider concessional service charges.

Facility for providing alarm on exceeding DP, sanctioned


391 Advance limits/excess drawings in any account at the time of doing M A 10 1 10
any transaction.
System should have provision of adjustment of balances
in various Loan accounts against which deposit accounts
392 Advance are pledged on its due dates and adjust the balances if any M A 10 1 10
from the credit balances in CC/SB/CA of the borrower.

System should have provision of auto charging of service


charges including service tax & other applicable taxes as
393 Advance M A 10 1 10
per Bank’s guidelines on various products/services.

System should have provision of payment of maturity


394 Advance proceeds of FDR/RD pledged to other branches on due M A 10 1 10
dates for adjustments of their loan accounts.
System should have provision of automatic generation of
395 Advance debit/credit advices to the customers at the time of day- M A 10 1 10
end.
Limit tracking and validation at the time of transaction
396 Advance M A 10 1 10
posting
System should prompt pending insurance renewal and
397 Advance D A 6 1 6
other type of obligations of the Customers.
System should have provisions to add comments / notes
398 Advance for all transactions referred to higher authorities for M A 10 1 10
approvals .
System should have provision to distinguish on
transaction type.
399 Advance M A 10 1 10
(Disbursement,Installment,Margin,Charges,Interest,Insura
nce etc.)
Page 33 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision to generate report on sanction made by
400 Advance respective sanctioning authority at Branch / Controlling M A 10 1 10
office level during a month or any given period .
Provision to generate disbursal report for a given period
for various products / sectors / schemes. There should be
401 Advance M A 10 1 10
flexibility to generate report in desired manner viz.
branchwise / Region-wise/Borrower-wise
Provision to generate outstanding balance report for a
given period for various products / sectors / schemes.
402 Advance There should be flexibility to generate report in desired M A 10 1 10
manner viz. branchwise / Region-wise/Borrower-
wise/Sector-wise
Provision to generate overdue report for a given period for
various products / sectors / schemes. There should be
403 Advance flexibility to generate report in desired manner viz. M A 10 1 10
branchwise / Region-wise. Provision to generate overdue
report for a future date.
Provision to generate report on outstanding NPA as also
provision and uncharged interest on a given date for
404 Advance various products / sectors / schemes. There should be M A 10 1 10
flexibility to generate report in desired manner viz.
branchwise /Region-wise /borrowerwise.
Provision to generate report on fresh slippage to NPA
during a given period for various products / sectors /
405 Advance M A 10 2 20
schemes. There should be flexibility to generate report in
desired manner viz. branchwise /Region-wise/
Provision to generate report on accounts showing warning
signals / threat for slippage to NPA as on a given date for
406 Advance various products / sectors / schemes. There should be M A 10 3 30
flexibility to generate report in desired manner viz.
branchwise / Region-wise /borrowerwise.
Provision to generate Balance confirmation / Insurance
407 Advance M A 10 1 10
reminders.
Page 34 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision to generate cheque return memo in case of
408 Advance O A 4 1 4
return of cheques.
Provision to generate Overdue Interest/Installment arrears
409 Advance M A 10 1 10
notices.
Provision to generate statuary/ regulatory
Reports/Certificate to be submitted to RBI/Govt.
(BSR,DCB, SCC, LBR, Govt. sponsored schemes, Special
410 Advance M A 10 2 20
Agricultural Credit Plan, Minority Community, Report on
Kisan Credit Card, SSI without collateral security,
PMEGP etc.)
Provision to check for interest/loans not recovered due to
insufficient balance, the system automatically generate a
411 Advance report showing all account balances of the customer so D A 6 1 6
that the management can decide on recovering the loan
from another account of the customer.
Provision to generate Interest Certificate for loans, Letter
of thanks, Letter of frequent cheque return, Limit due
412 Advance M A 10 1 10
date, Non-submission of stock/Book debt/ QIS/ Annual
return/ CMA date, Balance confirmation
System should generate a report as on a particular date /
range of dates on exercise of delegated powers by each of
the Sanctioning authorities during their entire tenure in a
particular branch, department, office etc. for monitoring
413 Advance as to whether the sanctioning authority has exceeded D A 6 1 6

delegated powers and to highlight such discrepancies


along with the details of the entire transaction.

Provision to generate report on interest


earnings/commission for a given period for various
414 Advance products / sectors / schemes. There should be flexibility to M A 10 1 10
generate report in desired manner viz. branchwise /
zonewise /statewise.

Page 35 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision to generate report on LC devolved & BG
invoked during a given period giving therein date of
devolvement / invocation, amount of devolvement /
415 Advance D A 6 1 6
invocation, recovery, present dues. There should be
flexibility to generate report in desired manner viz.
branchwise / zonewise /accountwise.
Provision to generate report on expired BG but not
deleted from the system as on a particular date, giving
416 Advance therein date of expiry, amount, name of the beneficiary. M A 10 1 10
There should be flexibility to generate report in desired
manner viz. branchwise / zonewise /accountwise.
Provision to generate report on outstanding unsecured
advances as on a given date. There should be flexibility to
417 Advance generate report in desired manner viz. branchwise / M A 10 1 10
Region-wise /accountwise/productwise/ sectorwise/asset
classificationwise /riskgradewise.
Provision to generate report on outstanding advances as
per asset classification & provision there on against as on
a given date. There should be flexibility to generate report
418 Advance M A 10 1 10
in desired manner viz. branchwise /Region-wise
/accountwise/ sectorwise/asset classificationwise /risk
grade-wise.
Provision to generate advance sheet of the branch as on a
419 Advance given date and consolidation of the same –Region- M A 10 1 10
wise/bank as a whole.

Page 36 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision to generate conductsheet of various a/cs
containing there in all relevant parameters such as name
of the a/c, facilitywise credit limit & present o/s,
average/maximum utilization, Ttoal (dr/cr) turnover in the
a/c, maximum & minimum balance, overdue interest /
installment, devolvement or invocation of LC or BG /
420 Advance returning of cheques or bills etc. for a given period of M A 10 3 30
time, there should be flexibility to generate reports in
desired manner viz report for a particular a/c, report for
group of borrowers under given range of credit size /
product / sector / industry / a combination of above
parameters.
Provision to generate reports on interest ratewise
deployment of credit (below PLR, At PLR, Above PLR)
as on a particular date for branch/zone/bank as a whole.
421 Advance M A 10 2 20
There should also be flexibility to modify such reporting
formats to get desired statistics viz productwise
/sectorwise/industrywise/riskgradewise etc.
Provision to generate report on sectoral deployment of
422 Advance M A 10 1 10
fund on RBI format.
Provision to generate report on migration of standard loan
assets from a particular risk-grade to default grade. There
should be flexibility to generate reports in desired manner
423 Advance D A 6 1 6
viz report for group of borrowers under given range of
credit size / product / sector / industry / a combination of
above parameters.
Provision to generate report on yield on advances as on a
given date. There should be flexibility to generate report
424 Advance M A 10 3 30
in desired manner viz. branchwise / Region-wise
/accountwise/ sectorwise/ riskgradewise.
System should have provision of generating exceptional
425 Advance transactions list of advances at the day-end as also M A 10 1 10
capturing daily list register.
Page 37 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision to generate report on borrowers enjoying
426 Advance multiple credit facility and / or enjoying credit facility M A 10 1 10
from more than one branch.
System should have provision of recasting of statement of
accounts notionally on the basis of changed ROI
427 Advance M A 10 2 20
retrospectively and refunding/charging difference of
interest thereof.
System should have provision to parameterise the
428 Advance M A 10 1 10
quarterly review of accounts.
System should have provision of capturing drawing power
429 Advance M A 10 1 10
register.
System should have facility to generate data on cash
430 Advance withdrawal frequency in CC account during a particular M A 10 1 10
period.
System should have provision for booking income based
431 Advance M A 10 1 10
on mercantile system.
System should have provision for capturing various loans
432 Advance granted to a single or multiple borrowers against the same M A 10 1 10
security as primary or collateral.
System should have provision for parameterising as well
433 Advance as automatic generation of monthly progress reports on M A 10 1 10
priority sector credit.
System should have provision for generation of no-dues
434 Advance certificate in case of closure of loan account after M A 10 1 10
verifying if there is any other loans.
System should have provision for generating facility as
435 Advance well as limit-wise outstanding certificate to customers as M A 10 1 10
and when sought.
Facility for providing the list of defaulters and actions if
436 Advance M A 10 1 10
any taken against them (to be displayed with a flash).
Account wise master Report containing all the relevant
437 Advance M A 10 1 10
details.

Page 38 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Security Register to be captured from relative security
438 Advance data (security type, amount, date, maturity date, due date M A 10 1 10
for installment/premium, etc.)
Enquiry about - a) Product specific EMI, b)O/S Balance,
439 Advance c) Overdue installment / interest,d) all accounts pertaining M A 10 2 20
to customer be listed altogether.
440 Advance Flexibility for generating designable reports. M A 10 2 20
System should generate warning signals for other linked
441 Advance M A 10 1 10
accounts when repayment is overdue in one a/c.
System should generate warning signals /alerts x days
before accounts coming under technical NPAs due to non
442 Advance M A 10 1 10
submission of stock statements, review of a/c, in excess of
certain specified period.
Facility in the system to arrive at the compromise amount/
443 Advance calculation of bench mark sum as per the parameters of D A 6 1 6
the particular module.
System should intimate the branches/the regional-offices
444 Advance for the acceptance/ rejection of proposals in respect of D A 6 1 6
loans/compromise/ write-off proposal etc.
Provisional as well as actual certificate on interest
445 Advance application in Housing Loan account for income tax M A 10 1 10
purpose.
System should support maintenance of stock register with
446 Advance all previous and new details of stock/drawing power. M A 10 1 10

RBI surveillance, OSS reports,RBI Inspection


447 Advance reports,DCB Registrar should be generated through M A 10 3 30
system
Letter to Beneficaries such as Govt.Authorities for
448 Advance LC/attachment/balance confirmation/LC invocation D A 6 1 6
should be generated
Confidential Report(CR) should be generated as per IBA
449 Advance M A 10 1 10
format
Page 39 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
450 Advance Report of wilful defaulters with quarterly modificaion M A 10 1 10
System should generate a report showing excess over
limit, number of time over drawn, TOD, number of time
451 Advance bills purchased without limit for all types of loan / M A 10 1 10
advance account as on a particular date / range of dates for
a particular party / group.
System should generate list of audit irregularities /
adverse remarks made by RBI / NABARD inspectors in
each account and also gauge the overall adverse impact of
452 Advance M A 10 2 20
such irregularities on the account based on weightage
(parameterisable) assigned to each type of irregularity

System should classify operative accounts like SB/CA


where ad-hoc (TOD) remaining unadjusted and
453 Advance M A 10 1 10
Bills/cheque purchased can be classified as NPA.

System should have provision to classify all borrowal a/cs


of a customer as NPA if any account of that borrower
454 Advance M A 10 1 10
turns NPA.

If an NPA account becomes regular at a later date, the


other accounts classified as NPA by virtue of being
455 Advance M A 10 1 10
accounts of the same borrower, should automatically
become regular accounts if otherwise in order.
System should provide Listing of accounts, which are
standard, but are classified as NPA by virtue of one or
456 Advance M A 10 1 10
more account/s of the same borrower becoming NPA.

System should support reporting of all or selective NPA


accounts with multiple selections like Region-wise,
457 Advance M A 10 3 30
Branch-wise, Asset-wise, Facility-wise, Sector-wise,
Segment-wise, etc. in any order of preference.

Page 40 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should support identifying a set of accounts that
need not be classified as NPAs, despite being NPA as per
458 Advance M A 10 1 10
recovery norms. (D/L against NSC/FDR/LIC, Staff loan)

System should support in selected cases, (depending on


the nature of liquid securities), NOT transferring the
459 Advance account to NPA even if interest is not paid, so long as the M A 10 1 10
balance outstanding is less than the value of the security
minus margin if any.
Provisioning for Standard Assets at Head Office level /
branch level (parameterized)
460 Advance M A 10 1 10

system should support classification / Re-classification of


an account consequent to rescheduling.
461 Advance M A 10 1 10

Classification of accounts and provisioning for accounts


where advances are sanctioned against Government
462 Advance M A 10 1 10
Guarantees while Guarantee is invoked (parameteized)

System should support distinction between advances


granted before rehabilitation and after rehabilitation for
463 Advance M A 10 1 10
purpose of classification / provisioning.

Moratorium period for repayment of interest if any in case


of accounts under rehabilitation.
464 Advance M A 10 1 10

System should keep record of cumulative as well as


progressive provisioning.
465 Advance M A 10 1 10

Page 41 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Based on present classification, forecasting with projected
asset classification and projected provisioning for any
466 Advance D A 6 1 6
given future date.

System should be capable of reversing the interest from


P/L, if an asset is subsequently reclassified by the
467 Advance M A 0 2 0
auditors.

System should provide for classification of the accounts


as NPA as per prudential norms for example : (i) if
Interest and/ or installment of principal remains overdue
for a period more than 90 days in respect of a term loan,
(ii)the account remains out of order for a period of more
than 90 days in respect of an Overdraft/Cash Credit, (iii)
The bill remains overdue for a period of more than 90
468 Advance days in the case of bills purchased and discounted, iv) M A 0 4 0
Interest and/or installment of principal remains overdue
for two harvest seasons but for a period not exceeding two
half years in the case of an overdue granted for
agricultural purposes, or v) any amount to be received
remains overdue for a period of more than 90 days in
respect of other accounts. (totally parameterized)

System should classify borrowal accounts into


SSA/DA/LA automatically as per age of NPA.
469 Advance M A 10 1 10

System should automatically calculate the required


provisioning for SSA/DA-1/DA-2/DA-3/LA.
470 Advance M A 10 1 10

Page 42 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should provide for Sectoral Deployment Codes
like Agriculture/ SSI/ OPS/ Medium and Large Scale
471 Advance M A 10 1 10
Industry/Wholesale Trade/ Govt. Sponsored
Schemes/Retail Lending and other sub-classifications.
System should retain the details relating to provisioning
already made in respect of SSA/DA/LA while upgradation
472 Advance M A 10 1 10
of NPA and also recalculation of provision required.

System should credit the interest payable, if any on Fixed


Deposits to the loan accounts against FDR. Also, the FD
473 Advance M A 10 1 10
itself on maturity if consented.

System should allow reduction in amount of prudential


write-off from the outstanding gross advances and gross
474 Advance M A 10 1 10
NPAs to eliminate any distortion in the quantum of NPAs
being reported.
System should warn that the account/ limit will become
NPA in case irregular drawings are permitted in the
475 Advance D A 6 1 6
account for a continuous period of 90 day norms.

In case of take over of an asset from outside the


institution, system should retain the actual date of NPA as
476 Advance M A 10 1 10
well as the date of take over of the asset.

System should provide for compilation of comprehensive


data region-wise, branch-wise in respect of
477 Advance M A 10 1 10
NPA/Provisioning etc. at one go, which may be required
by the Statutory /Concurrent Auditors.
System should provide aggregate amount of prudentially
written off and Book Balance in case part of the NPA is
478 Advance M A 10 1 10
written off.

Page 43 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should calculate the amount of “concession
allowed” as per the recovery policy (Notional amount due
479 Advance D A 6 1 6
less compromised amount)

System should provide for down payment of X% and


monthly installments for the remaining Y% with PLR
480 Advance D A 6 1 6
linked rate of interest.

System should provide comprehensive report of NPA


accounts on the basis of size/ age/ sector/ segment /
481 Advance M A 10 2 20
scheme-wise, either with or without including MOI.

System should have facility to appropriate any recoveries


made in NPA accounts as per bank’s recovery policy for
482 Advance eg. firstly towards reduction of balance in NPA, secondly M A 10 2 20
towards reduction of balance held in OD Interest Reserve
and lastly towards interest.
System should split balances in NPA into different blocks
like Secured/ Unsecured/ Guaranteed balances depending
483 Advance M A 10 1 10
on extent of security available and other particulars
available in the account master.
System should recalculate interest based on defined
parameters on decreed and compromised proposal
484 Advance M A 10 1 10
accounts as the terms of the decree / compromise terms.

System should arrive at a compromisable amount across


multiple schemes given the interest details for NPA
485 Advance O A 4 1 4
accounts / any other method of calculation as desired by
the Bank.
System should automatically apply / recover penal
interest for out of order accounts as defined in the charges
486 Advance M A 10 1 10
/ commission module.

Page 44 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should identify the account status transfer /
retransfer information (E.g. Date on which the account
487 Advance M A 10 1 10
was transferred from doubtful to loss etc.)

System should generate warning messages / alerts in


respect of accounts coming under technical NPA's, due to
488 Advance overdue reviews, stock statements in excess of x O A 4 1 4
(parameterisable) months vintage, valuation reports in
respect of collaterals being in excess of 3 years vintage.
System should generate list of accounts going out of
order / frequency of such out of order position, at any
489 Advance M A 10 1 10
given point of time.

System should generate list of accounts wherein adhoc /


overlimit / TOD sanctioned, along with frequency of such
490 Advance sanctions in each account, due date for regularisation and M A 10 1 10
warning message regarding overdue position.

System should generate appropriate warning messages


about frequent (parameterisable) return of cheques in a
491 Advance particular account. Check for the parameter to specify the M A 10 1 10
number of returns after which an alert is to be generated.

System should verify whether an account has been


referred to CDR mechanism or BIFR and generate
492 Advance M A 10 1 10
statements of such accounts with other desired parameters
(user definable).
System should generate list of audit irregularities /
adverse remarks made by RBI/ NABARD inspectors in
493 Advance each account and also gauge the overall adverse impact of M A 10 1 10
such irregularities on the account based on weightage
(parameterisable) assigned to each type of irregularity

Page 45 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should analyses movement in various financial
parameters over the past period and forecast the prospects
494 Advance O A 4 1 4
of the account in terms of Asset Code for the next six
months based on the analysis.
System should group accounts under different asset
classification e.g. NPA, sub - standard, loss etc. under
495 Advance particular account heads, industries, sector / sub - sector, M A 10 1 10
credit ratings, interest rates etc. e.g. NPA's under Cash
Credit Accounts
System should generate a branch - wise list of NPA
accounts (with the details as defined by the Bank) beyond
496 Advance M A 10 1 10
and cut - off amount as on any date / range of dates

Ability to record receipt of NPA review statements and to


automatically update the next review dates. Further the
system should automatically generate warning messages
497 Advance and escalate the matter upwards as defined in the event M A 10 1 10
the review statements have not been submitted on time.
(Period to be user definable). Check for support of this
feature (e.g. BIFR/CDR).
System should identify units as sick units and maintain
them under nursing program with all details as desired by
498 Advance O A 4 1 4
the Bank

System should define sanctioning authorities for


compromise / write - offs based upon amounts, customer,
499 Advance D A 6 1 6
type of loan etc. Check for the support of the feature.
(Discretionary authority)
System should capture the details of the compromise /
write - off as desired by the bank.
500 Advance D A 6 1 6

Page 46 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should capture the recommendations of the
compromise committee.
501 Advance D A 6 1 6

System should intimate the branches / regional offices for


the acceptance / rejection of the compromise / write off.
502 Advance D A 6 1 6

System should automatically generate reminders where


the compromise amounts are due (period to be
503 Advance D A 6 1 6
parameterisable). Check for the support of the feature.

System should generate various letters, reports,


statements in the desired formats related to compromise /
504 Advance D A 6 1 6
write – offs.

System should specify the NPA recovery targets, branch -


wise , region wise etc. System should compare the actual
505 Advance with the target and highlight and print a report of M A 10 1 10
differences along with the percentage and amount
difference.
System should specify targets for recovery and
benchmark them against the actual and highlight
506 Advance D A 6 1 6
difference. Check for the targets to specify the recoveries.

System should track and display status of claims on the


Bank not acknowledged as debts.
507 Advance D A 6 1 6

System should store date of posting of cases and a short


description of court proceedings and next posting date as
508 Advance M A 10 1 10
well as particulars of recoveries if any.

Page 47 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should support partial write-off.
509 Advance D A 6 1 6

System should maintain a master list of lawyers (City


wise/Region wise) for each type of subject matter eg.
510 Advance M A 10 1 10
Criminal, Civil, DRT, High Court,Arbitrator

System should mark accounts referred to BIFR as well as


rehabilitation or nursing scheme
511 Advance D A 6 1 6

System should classify accounts as “Suit Filed” as


defined in the account hold and restriction module for the
particular type of account, product / scheme. Further the
system should be able to capture the details for the suit
filed case such as name of the lawyer, case presentation
512 Advance date, additional notes, lawyers notes etc. for each suit file D A 6 1 6
account, success rate for each case. Further Classify the
suit filed account slabwise (amount parameterised)
Secured/ Unsecured suitfiled.
System should track the legal action taken for NPA
accounts and generate alerts
Provision to alert system for due date of court
proceedings.
513 Advance D A 6 1 6

Latest position and dates of suit filed cases, decreed cases,


value of security etc.
514 Advance D A 6 1 6

Page 48 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should have provision to monitor/conduct the
account for operation on reduction basis whenever
515 Advance D A 6 1 6
recovered.

System should have provision of maintenance of ledger


balance in NPA accounts etc.and appropriation of
516 Advance M A 10 1 10
recoveries and calculation of notional/uncharged interest
in NPAs.
System should have provision of monitoring on the basis
of annual/quarterly targets under various key parameters
517 Advance D A 6 1 6
vis-à-vis achievement thereof. (advances /NPA
reduction/derocgnised interest/ write-off)
System should have provision of maintaining write-off
accounts and notional interest along with history.
518 Advance D A 6 1 6

System should have facility to maintain relevant data


pertaining to certain key performance levels based on
519 Advance which limits are sanctioned and also to monitor variations D A 6 1 6
on those at the year end or at any point as desired.

System should have provision to calculate notional


interest to arrive at amount of sacrifice as and when
520 Advance M A 10 1 10
required in connection with compromise proposals.

Provision for calculating delayed payment interest of the


delay in repayment of dues as per the terms of sanction of
521 Advance M A 10 1 10
compromise proposal.

Provision to calculate future interest where the


compromise sum is payable over a period of time in
522 Advance M A 10 1 10
installment.

Page 49 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should identify the account eligible for action
under Securitisation & should have process to record as
follows:
523 Advance Possession date & notice M A 10 1 10
detail of Possession or waiver/postponement of
possession(date should be mandatory)

Provision to process compromise proposal as per various


compromise modules of Bank for placing before the
524 Advance competent authority. It should take in to account partial M A 10 1 10
written-of balance if any along with ledger balance in
such compromise proposal.
System should have provision to identify and generating
requisite information required on accounts eligible for
525 Advance O A 4 1 4
sale to asset reconstruction companies.(ARC/ACRIL)

Record of Suit filed accounts with provision to classify


based on age, amount, suit filed, decreed,execution filed
526 Advance M A 10 1 10

Follow up of Suit filed cased -a) Name of the court, b)


Suit No and amount, c) Ledger Balance, d) Name of the
Advocate and Address, e) Status of Suit, f) Details of
527 Advance M A 10 1 10
legal expenses, g) next date with provision to give
advance information on daily basis prior to the date of
suit.
Identification of accounts eligible for filing suits with
concerned authorities by clubbing all the facilities.
528 Advance D A 6 1 6

Page 50 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Identification of accounts eligible for waiver of legal
action and preparation of proposals for placing before the
529 Advance O A 4 1 4
competent authority

Identification of eligible accounts for write off and


preparation of proposals for placing before the competent
530 Advance O A 4 1 4
authority

Proposal for Write off in Approved Compromise cases


531 Advance O A 4 1 4

Automatic credit in the concerned a/c on approval of


w/off proposal by the competent authority
532 Advance O A 4 1 4

Generation of consolidated statement of suit filed


accounts
533 Advance M A 10 1 10

Generation of Weekly/Fortnightly (Parameterised


frequency) statement of NPA reduction / recovery
534 Advance M A 10 1 10

System should generate reminders for the installments in


compromised sanctioned accounts
535 Advance M A 10 1 10

Facility to mark accounts as suit filed, decreed cases,


wilful defaulters etc and no debit to be permitted without
536 Advance D A 6 1 6
proper authorisation.

Page 51 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Facility to alarm the list of accounts to adjust back end
subsidy on account becoming NPA.
537 Advance M A 10 1 10

System should generate report of all the accounts of


borrowers as well as guarantors.
538 Advance M A 10 1 10

Provision to calculate the amount of eligible incentive and


payment of the same to the enforcing agency or recovery
539 Advance D A 6 1 6
agent

Remittance of Proportionate share of recovery to ECGC.


540 Advance D A 6 1 6

Provision and maintenance of subsidy reserve fund (Back


ended subsidy e.g. in PMEGP
541 Advance M A 10 1 10

In Retail lending salary tied up accounts to be grouped


organization-wise for effective follow up.
542 Advance M A 10 1 10

Separate Menu for customers as per their constitutions.


543 Advance M A 10 1 10

Record of follow up to be recorded directly in system


against individual accounts.
544 Advance M A 10 1 10

Page 52 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
At the time of data conversion the system should compute
overdue amount and asset classification(i.e. whether NPA,
545 Advance date of NPA) on the basis of date and amount of advance, M A 10 2 20
gestation period, rate of interest, repayment schedule and
present outstanding.
System should have separate menus for different retail
lending schemes.
546 Advance M A 10 1 10

In case of advance against Bank deposits borrowal


accounts should be clubbed with deposit a/c and both can
547 Advance M A 10 1 10
be managed together.

Details of balance confirmation obtained as also fresh


documents to be updated.
548 Advance M A 10 1 10

Provision for calculation of sacrifice to be borne by the


bank in case of such restructuring and by way of a
549 Advance D A 6 1 6
provision to be made by a bank for this sacrifice in case of
BIFR/CDR mechanism.
System should have provision for tracking and regulating
industry-wise exposure norms both individual as well as
550 Advance M A 10 1 10
group.

System should have provision for cheque referred register.


551 Advance M A 10 1 10

Page 53 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should have provision of capturing detailed
position of accounts including sublimits allocated to other
branches on the following parameters: Nature of facility.
Funded or non-funded, Type of facility. CC, TL etc.,
552 Advance Limits sanctioned. Date/Amt/Authority., Value of M A 10 3 30

security.(Primay/Collateral), Margin (Stipulated/held),


Dr.Balance.,Nature of irregularity., ROI,
Average,Maximum,Minimum utilization
System should define criteria (user definable) for an
account going out of order. Eligible for OTS, etc.
553 Advance D A 6 1 6

System should accept re-scheduling of any loan with


proper authentication and there should be details of the
554 Advance D A 6 1 6
sanctioning authority (Name, Designation etc).

Verify for maintenance of history for rescheduling


555 Advance D A 6 1 6

Record of Pre-credit visits and post credit verification of


security including collateral security.
556 Advance M A 10 1 10

System should link daily market price share etc. in


respect of advances granted against shares.
557 Advance D A 6 1 6

System should have provision for system alert for expiry


of limitation period and generate report of time barred
558 Advance M A 10 1 10
account.

Page 54 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision to bifurcate the advances under capital market
exposure into individual, stock brokers, market makers
559 Advance O A 4 1 4
etc.

Provision to sub-categorise the advances under real estate


as – commercial real estate, residential real estate,
560 Advance M A 10 1 10
builders/developers real estate etc.

Provision to record customer-wise details of legal


expenses paid by debit to charges account
561 Advance M A 10 1 10

Provision to maintain record of accounts closed through


compromise/OTS.
562 Advance M A 10 1 10

Record of failed compromise.


563 Advance M A 10 1 10

System should generate report at the time of day-end for


bills received for collection /falling due for payment on
564 Advance M A 10 1 10
next working date and PDCs to be presented on next
working day.
Provision to generate information on various incentive
schemes under given parameters for accessing
565 Advance D A 6 1 6
performance.

Provision to derive information of relationship of the


Borrower with director/senior executive of the Bank(if
566 Advance M A 10 1 10
any).

Page 55 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should parameterize the review frequency for
each account/document
567 Advance M A 10 1 10

System should generate the warning message x no.of


days prior to review date and parameterise review period.
568 Advance M A 10 1 10

System should generate a letter to a customer x no.of


days prior to review/expiry of documents/ Limits
569 Advance M A 10 1 10
requesting him to renew the documents.

Auction based recovery to be recorded in the system and


its effect on account updation should be tracked as per
570 Advance M A 10 1 10
electronic as well as public auctions

System should generate the warning message x no. of


days prior to due date of liquid security pledged to the
571 Advance M A 10 2 20
Bank.(LIC/NSC/ Bonds etc.)

Direct / indirect liability/assets should be available for all


borrower/guarantors
572 Advance M A 10 1 10

All the details of the Bills should be captured (Date,


573 Advance Drawer, Drawee, Payee, Tenor, Due date, Amount, ROI, M A 10 1 10
Commission, Postage, To whom sent, etc)
System should have provision for generating bills/cheques
discounted/Purchased with all relevant information
574 Advance M A 10 1 10
regarding recording of due dates etc. showing register.

Provision for issue of warning if drawees of the bill have


575 Advance M A 10 1 10
earlier not paid bills on due date.
Page 56 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should show FC & INR and combined liabilities
576 Advance D A 6 1 6
of a customer (with Margin money if any)
Liability entries should be automatically generated by the
577 Advance system on authorization of a transactions for guarantees M A 10 1 10
and LCs.
Interest charging on Bills should be parameterized (from
578 Advance M A 10 1 10
due date - date of discount till due date etc)
Provision for shifting Documentary Bills from collection
579 Advance D A 6 1 6
status to Purchase status.
System should define criteria for devolvement of L/Cs
580 Advance D A 6 1 6
and Bank Guarantees.
System should generate appropriate warning messages /
581 Advance letters 'x' number of days (parameterisable) before such D A 6 1 6
LC payment.
System should have provision of squaring-up liability on
582 Advance M A 10 1 10
account of LC on retirement of Bills.
System should have provision of opening and maintaining
inward/outward bills for collection and auto-generation
583 Advance M A 10 1 10
liability vouchers for GL on date of incurring liability and
paying of liability.
Provision for maintenance of data relating to issuance of
different types of LC and BGs( to be parameterised) and
584 Advance M A 10 1 10
calculation of due dates, effective dates, expiry dates,etc.
and generation of contingent liability voucher.
Calculation of LC commission based on the nature of LC
585 Advance (DA/DP) and usance period and generation of M A 10 1 10
voucher/debit advices for the customers
Calculation of B/G commission(including claim period)
based on the nature of BG (Performance/ financial , etc)
586 Advance M A 10 1 10
and generation of voucher/debit advices for the customers

Provision for printing hard copy of LC/BankGuarantee


587 Advance M A 10 1 10

Page 57 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Acceptance and record of bills received under L/c and
588 Advance calculation of due dates, generation of due date M A 10 1 10
confirmation advice
Retirement/ payment of bills received under L/c including
calculation of the interest for the usance period and
589 Advance M A 10 1 10
commission if any (as per terms of L/c), generation of
vouchers
Provision for warning regarding due date of payment of
590 Advance M A 10 1 10
bills under L/c and expiry of B/G
Provision for Cancellation of unexpired LC/BG at any
591 Advance point of time and reversal of contingent liabilty voucher, M A 10 1 10
commission.
Provision for generation of notice to the beneficiary to
592 Advance M A 10 1 10
return guarantee after expiry of validity.
System should extend period of guarantee/due date of LC
593 Advance and enhance or reduce the amount of guarantee/LC& M A 10 1 10
provision for amendment of terms
Cancellation of guarantee and reversal of contingent
594 Advance liability voucher after receipt of Guarantee/after expiry of M A 10 1 10
claim period.
In case of non-availability of sufficient balance at the time
of payment of LC , a separate LC devolved account to be
debited and whenever there will be balance in customer’s
595 Advance regular account the balance in LC devolved account M A 10 1 10
(TOD) to be adjusted automatically against regular
CA/CC/OD a/c along with uptodate interest.

In case payment of LC is made to the debit of LC


596 Advance devolved account system should give warning at the time M A 10 1 10
of operation in the regular CA/CC/OD a/c.
Provision for IBA approved list of Transport operators
597 Advance M A 10 1 10

Page 58 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision for report generation for outstanding bills
598 Advance M A 10 1 10
purchased/sent for collection as per user's choice.
Provision for entering details of documents related to the
599 Advance M A 10 1 10
bills purchased/ sent for collection.
Provision to adjust the proceed of the bills in the
corresponding bill purchase outstanding and automatic
600 Advance M A 10 1 10
generation of vouchers and debit/credit advices for the
customers
Generation of Reports- Position of outstanding bills,
601 Advance overdue bills, reminder in case of non-receipt of the bills M A 10 1 10
on the due date,etc. according to user's choice.
System should provide accountwise information of expiry
602 Advance M A 10 1 10
of BG.
System should have provision of recording Lien on
603 Advance FDR/RD/SB/CA balances against non-fund M A 10 1 10
facilities(BG/LC) and Loans granted by other branches.
In case of BG partywise ledger should be maintained with
604 Advance M A 10 1 10
limits(normal/adhoc)
Facility for automatic submission of letter of confirmation
605 Advance D A 6 1 6
from Bank
Facility for SFMS messages creation / transfer to
606 Advance M A 10 1 10
NEFT/SWIFT/RTGS
Checklist Menu for LC
607 Advance M A 10 1 10

Standard guidelines for FEMA , UCPDC


608 Advance M A 10 1 10

Process should be available for noting/protesting of Bill


609 Advance M A 10 1 10

Letter to counter bank for issue of BG


610 Advance M A 10 1 10

Letter to advising bank and confirming bank


611 Advance M A 10 1 10

Page 59 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Letter to negotiating bank for confirmation
612 Advance M A 10 1 10

Groupwise/customerwise exposure report for BG,LC


613 Advance M A 10 1 10
opening and discounting
Groupwise/customerwise ledger report for BG,LC
614 Advance M A 10 1 10
opening and discounting
System should record basic Master Data for an
Employee for following areas along with all related and
615 HR M A 10 1 10
incidental information contains atleast the following:

PF Number (For new employees who are on probation


should be provided with a temporary number which
616 HR can be shifted later to a permanent PF Number) should M A 10 1 10
be diff for temp and permanent employee

617 HR Name M A 10 1 10
618 HR Father’s Name & Mother's Name M A 10 1 10
619 HR Husband / Wife’s name M A 10 1 10
620 HR Permanent Address M A 10 1 10
621 HR Address for Communication M A 10 1 10
Phone Numbers / Contact Information & mobile no.,
622 HR M A 10 1 10
email ID
623 HR Home Town M A 10 1 10
624 HR Home State M A 10 1 10
625 HR Domicile State M A 10 1 10
626 HR Sex M A 10 1 10
627 HR Marital Status M A 10 1 10
628 HR Position regarding CAIIB/ JAIIB M A 10 1 10
629 HR Religion M A 10 1 10
630 HR Category (SC/ST/OBC/MINORITY/GENERAL) M A 10 1 10
631 HR Date of birth M A 10 1 10
Date of joining, probation period, date of confirmation
632 HR M A 10 1 10
Scanning and storing of Employee photo, Signature
633 HR D A 6 1 6
with signature no.

Page 60 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
634 HR Passport No. D A 6 1 6
635 HR PAN Number M A 10 1 10
636 HR Bank Account No. M A 10 1 10
637 HR Bank Branch Name and code M A 10 1 10
638 HR Blood group D A 6 1 6
Education Qualifications – should capture the details of
name of the examination passed, university/Institute,
639 HR month & year of passing, percentage of marks M A 10 1 10
obtained, grade/class obtained

640 HR Present posting, M A 10 1 10


641 HR Present Job code/designation, M A 10 1 10
642 HR Present Grade/cadre, M A 10 1 10
643 HR Deputation, temporary transfers D A 6 1 6
644 HR Date of Increment M A 10 1 10
645 HR Date of joining in the present place of posting M A 10 1 10
646 HR Cadre/Region/Branch/Department D A 6 1 6
647 HR Date of Retirement M A 10 1 10
Major health problems with provision to capture the
648 HR D A 6 1 6
details of sickness etc.,
649 HR Insurance details D A 6 1 6
650 HR Club memberships D A 6 1 6
Details of submission of Assets & Liabilities statement
651 HR M A 10 1 10
Details promotion – sub-staff to clerical, clerical to
652 HR M A 10 2 20
officer and scale (cadre) wise thereafter
653 HR Professional Qualification M A 10 1 10
Languages known, with details of speak, read and write
654 HR M A 10 1 10
separately
History/Record of employee, major area of work should
655 HR M A 10 1 10
be recorded
656 HR Staff credit society name and membership no. D A 6 1 6
All account no. of staff loans, details of loan for
657 HR calculation of perquisites for Income Tax (FBT, etc.) M A 10 1 10

658 HR Employee as guarantor with details D A 6 1 6

Page 61 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
659 HR Driving Licence and Renewal dates D A 6 1 6
System should record details of spouse – name, name
of the organization the spouse is working with, type of
organization (state government, central government,
660 HR M A 10 1 10
public sector, private sector, local body, own) and is
the spouse liable for transfer or not

System should record details of the dependents


661 HR including relationship, their date of birth, studying in M A 10 1 10
school/college, monthly income/pension amount
662 HR System should record previous posting details M A 10 1 10
System should record Date of termination/restoration
663 HR M A 10 1 10
System should record Union Information (if applicable)
664 HR D A 6 1 6
System should record History of trainings attended like
name of the course, name of the STC/Institution,
665 HR M A 10 2 20
month & year of training, duration of the course in
days/weeks
System should record Awards received by the
employee including the name of the award, year of
666 HR D A 6 1 6
award, in which discipline/field and date of receipt of
award
System should record History of disciplinary actions
against the employee including date of charge, nature
667 HR of charge, amount of financial loss to Bank, date of M A 10 2 20
punishment and nature of punishment

System should maintain a single history of all the


training programs taken by the user whether they are
668 HR D A 6 2 12
class room training or self study through E - Learning
and outside trainning
System should support for nominating officers/award
staff for various trainings given by Banks own training
669 HR college/centres, Outside institutes within the country D A 6 2 12
and also abroad based on skill requirement

System should compile nominations from various


670 HR D A 6 1 6
Regional Offices for a particular training program

Page 62 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should capture the course content of each
671 HR training course along with the details of the target D A 6 1 6
group etc.
System should capture details of courses held at
different centers, batch-size, faculty and participant
672 HR D A 6 1 6
details, participant attendance, feedback and
evaluation
System should capture and maintain history data of
673 HR D A 6 1 6
external instructors
System should maintain minimum and maximum
674 HR D A 6 1 6
number of candidates per course.
System should Automate the workflow of training
675 HR D A 6 1 6
requisitions, approvals
system should maintain traning calender and fixation of
676 HR batches as per the employee work experience D A 6 1 6

payment vouchers to faculty and should be


677 HR D A 6 1 6
parameterised
System should provide up-to-date employee
information viewing at a given time. Views like date
678 HR –wise, category-wise, qualification-wise, experience- M A 10 2 20
wise, male-female etc. and export such information to
other application if required.
System should have fucntion to define important/key
679 HR parameters in the HR database that may need close M A 10 1 10
monitoring
System should capture details of Authorities
given/Cancelled to the employees along with the
680 HR M A 10 1 10
facility to scan and store and view the signatures of the
officials.
System should capture details of Authorities of
681 HR M A 10 1 10
employees kept under suspension
System should maintain signature of authorised
682 HR M A 10 1 10
officials and their circulation
System should support comprehensive leave rules for
combination of leave, Leave pre-fixing and suffixing
with other leaves, Leave pre-fixing and suffixing with
683 HR D A 6 1 6
weekly-off and paid holidays,Minimum and maximum
no of days at a stretch in a specific type of leave

Page 63 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
684 HR System should process leave encashment for PL M A 10 1 10
685 HR System should mainten Leave encashment record M A 10 1 10
System should interface between attendance captured
686 HR M A 10 1 10
with that of leave record
System should maintain all types of leave like CL, PL,
687 HR ML, Transit leave, special leave, maternity leave etc. M A 10 1 10
for each employee
System should maintain leave rules for availing leave,
encashing leave, accrual of leaves, lapsing of leaves,
688 HR ceilings for accumulation of leaves, rules for M A 10 2 20
combination of leave types, etc. for each categories of
employees
System should record leaves availed and balance leave
689 HR M A 10 1 10
calculation at any point of time
System should link Leave record to payroll and
690 HR M A 10 2 20
employee history
System should have leave cancellation,leave extension/
691 HR amendments advancement and postponement of leave M A 10 1 10

System should have fucntion of transfer people from


one leave structure to another leave structure with
692 HR D A 6 1 6
balance of leave in previous structure (on promotion
from clerk to officer)
System should support pooling the monthly
693 Payroll contribution of PF,VPF in to the PF management system M A 10 1 10

System should Generate all types of MIS reports as per


694 Payroll M A 10 1 10
request of Bank (like pf ledger etc.)
System should maintain nominee details and payment
695 Payroll to nominee in case of death of an employee M A 10 2 20

System should perform gratuity calculation, provision &


696 Payroll M A 10 1 10
accounting employeewise
System should perform forfeiture of Gratuity in case of
697 Payroll M A 10 1 10
dismissals etc.
System should provide Leave Salary and Leave
698 Payroll M A 10 1 10
Encashment facility
System should generate all types of reports/registers
699 Payroll M A 10 1 10
related to Gratuity management

Page 64 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should be able to define multiple pay
700 Payroll M A 10 2 20
structures
System should be able to define earning, deduction,
701 Payroll contribution and provision heads for each pay structure M A 10 2 20

System should define various pay elements like


702 Payroll earnings and deductions using a rules based framework M A 10 4 40

System should be able to define various formulae and


Should link them to other calculation formula /
703 Payroll elements such that when there is a rule change only M A 10 7 70
the component which has undergone a change will be
effected & should be parameterised
Should compute the dearness allowance (DA) using
704 Payroll options such as Fixed DA, linkage to consumer price M A 10 2 20
index (CPI).
System should perform tax computation and it should
be handled as per Income Tax Act without any need for
repeated manual calculations. The tax slabs, rates and
705 Payroll surcharges should be maintained by the system and M A 10 1 10
the tax should be computed automatically and should
be parameterised

Should handle unlimited number of allowances ,


deductions. Should be Should configure characteristics
706 Payroll M A 10 1 10
for payment, taxability, computation and so on to suit
Banks requirements
Should compute various benefits provided to our
employees such as Leave Travel Allowance, Medical
Reimbursement, Medical Insurance, Furniture, House
707 Payroll Rent Allowance, Company Cars, Company Housing and M A 10 1 10
other long term reimbursements. Eligibility,
computation and taxability should be considered,
educational fees etc.

System should compute the Provident Fund


Contributions, Labour Welfare Fund and Professional
708 Payroll M A 10 2 20
Tax as applicable at the correct frequency

Page 65 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should calculate Gratuity and superannuation
709 Payroll for multiple trusts and user definable contributions. D A 6 1 6

System should give Statutory reports relating to PF,


Pension, Income Tax, Profession Tax whether they are
710 Payroll M A 10 2 20
monthly, half yearly or annual should be available.

System should capture/access all types of loan details


of an employee and the outstanding balance overdue if
711 Payroll M A 10 2 20
any through link with CBS system

System should be able to file E -TDS returns through


nominated agencies by enabling the bank to compile
the data at Branch/Office level and transmission of
712 Payroll data to RO in prescribed format, consolidation of all M A 10 2 20
records at RO and filing the same through nominated
agencies to NSDL. Similar facility at HO also for HO
TDS records & e-TDS
System should support passing of accounting entries
for salary payments ex-gratia and leave encashment
and arrears if any, convyance and maintenance of
713 Payroll related books of accounts, registers. Generation of M A 10 4 40
month wise, quarterly wise, half-yearly and yearly
statements of accounts.

System should provide an impact analysis tool for


714 Payroll M A 10 1 10
analysis of impact of salary revision
System should support payment of salary to special
715 Payroll M A 10 1 10
appointees, temporary staff etc.
System should provide link with CBS system to effect
716 Payroll the credit of salary, loan installments to their M A 10 2 20
corresponding accounts directly
System should perform Pay slip number generation
717 Payroll based on user defined logic such as category and pay M A 10 1 10
mode
System should support to view pay details of current
month, pay history, net amount paid, unpaid
718 Payroll M A 10 1 10
deductions – Employee-wise and month-wise, financial
year-wise

Page 66 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should allow Payment of officiating allowance
719 Payroll M A 10 1 10
based on user defined criteria
System should capture details of different perks paid to
the employees/executives. Perks register and
720 Payroll M A 10 1 10
generation of perks statement for ITO and generation
of vouchers
System should support payment of subsistence
allowance in case of suspended employees and facility
721 Payroll M A 10 1 10
for refreezing various staff loans when on loss of pay
and suspension
At the time of retirement/resignation/dismissal/ the
722 Payroll M A 10 2 20
entire dues should be shown with o/s dues
System should calculate Income tax, Professional tax
etc in all modules which have incidents of such taxes
723 Payroll i.e Payroll, pension etc. The system has to adequately M A 10 1 10
support all requirements of statutory tax deduction.

System should be configuring various tax rules (e.g.


724 Payroll Income tax, Professional taxes etc.) announced by M A 10 1 10
Govt. for time to time.
System should calculate and deduct Income tax,
725 Payroll Professional tax etc., at the time of: Accrual and M A 10 1 10
Payment
System should support for all statutory reports/tax
returns, based on, but not limited to Classification of
726 Payroll Taxes, Accounting entity, location/branch, state and M A 10 2 20
nature of transaction (User modifiable format)

Maintenance of Assets at Branch Level with details of Date of


727 Fixed Asset Purchase, price, present value, rate of depreciation, category of M A 10 1 10
asset, etc.
728 Fixed Asset Provision for listing of assets branch-wise at HO Level M A 10 1 10
Provision for listing of assets as groups such as depreciation
729 Fixed Asset
rate wise, type of asset wise, etc.
M A 10 2 20
Provision for giving alerts for depreciation on assets during half-
730 Fixed Asset
year end/year end process.
O A 4 1 4

731 Fixed Asset Provision for calculation of profit/loss on sale of assets. M A 10 1 10


Provision for acquisition of new assets, selling of existing
732 Fixed Asset
assets, scrapping of existing assets
M A 10 1 10

Page 67 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
An office can view only its own assets but not of other offices.
733 Fixed Asset The HO can view the assets of all such offices of the bank. M A 10 2 20

Provision for calculation of depreciation centrally at HO level.


The system should generate depreciation vouchers that should
734 Fixed Asset be passed at office-level (branch/RO/HO etc.) and generate M A 10 3 30
plain text file or in any other format that can be sent to the
branches.
Provision for listing of items with no present value (i.e. Fully-
735 Fixed Asset
depreciated).
M A 10 1 10

736 Fixed Asset Provision for listing of scrap items. D A 6 1 6


System should be capable of maintaining master details of
owned premises / immoveable assets and moveable assets
such as date of ownership, lease period, lease exipry date,
737 Fixed Asset
location of lease property, expiry of agreements, value of asset
M A 10 3 30
(original value and present book value), valuation report if any
etc.
System should capture details of leased out premises like
ownership details, location, date of lease, details of rent
738 Fixed Asset
payment, amount of lease, lease expiry, nature of lease, value,
M A 10 1 10
square ft. etc.
System should support different types of depreciation methods
such as strainght line, reducing balance method, written down
739 Fixed Asset value method etc.and it should be parameterised from item to M A 10 3 30
items as per IT rules and bank policy

System should support parameterisation of the depreciation


740 Fixed Asset
percentages for each asset / type of asset
O A 4 1 4
System should compute the depreciation as per the method
741 Fixed Asset and pertcentage of depreciation as specified in the parameter M A 10 1 10

System should specify / capture tax details for calculation of


742 Fixed Asset
applicable tax as per law of the land
M A 10 1 10
System should maintain master details of AMC and contractors
e.g. nameof the vendor, AMC amonut, period of contract, next
743 Fixed Asset service date, AMC expiry date etc.Arrange to issue warning M A 10 2 20
messages before expiry of warranty.

System should sub-classify both movable and immovable


744 Fixed Asset
assets
O A 4 1 4

Page 68 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should support movement of assets from one location
745 Fixed Asset
to another
M A 10 2 20
System should provide for specifying insurance details for
746 Fixed Asset
each asset
M A 10 1 10
System should generate warning messages for expiry / renweal
747 Fixed Asset of insurance x (parameterisable) number of days prior to actual M A 10 1 10
expiry / renewal date
System should maintain asset inspection details such as last
748 Fixed Asset inspection date, next inspection date, inspection comments etc. O A 4 1 4
branch-wise
System should support generation of asset inspection report
749 Fixed Asset along with comments of inspector of physical inspection O A 4 1 4

System should link each asset with a unique asset number /


750 Fixed Asset
inventory number
M A 10 1 10
System should support alpha numeric asset / inventory number
751 Fixed Asset M A 10 1 10

752 Fixed Asset System should maintain details on asset litigation D A 6 1 6


System should generate a list of movable and immovable
753 Fixed Asset
assets based on the user defined parameters.
D A 6 3 18
System should generate a list of assets transfered / moved
from one location to another along with details such as
754 Fixed Asset
description of asset, inventory number etc. and should transfer
M A 10 2 20
the book value through CBS System .
System should generate depreciation report giving details of
755 Fixed Asset
book value, year to year depreciation and residual value
M A 10 1 10
System should generate warning messages for service
756 Fixed Asset contracts due x (parameterisable) number of days prior to such O A 4 2 8
service dates.
System should specify the service level agreements and link
757 Fixed Asset
them to a particular asset
D A 6 2 12
System should upload / enter bill of material details along with
758 Fixed Asset
part numbers, quantity, unit rate, total rate etc.
D A 6 2 12
Should support entering of asset details dispatched to a
759 Fixed Asset
particular location and track the movement of the same
D A 6 1 6
System should generate an asset inspection report giving
760 Fixed Asset details of asset type, asset description, part number, adverse D A 6 1 6
remarks etc.
System should record bill / invoice details submitted by the
761 Fixed Asset
vendor
M A 10 1 10

Page 69 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should support viewing the details of the assets at the
762 Fixed Asset
branches / department as per user rights defined
D A 6 1 6
System should permit branches / offices to enter data of assets
763 Fixed Asset
installed / purchased
M A 10 1 10
System should have capabilities to group all assets across the
764 Fixed Asset
bank to generate a single view of all assets
M A 10 2 20
System should have capabilities to capture original
765 Fixed Asset
document/map scanned record.
D A 6 2 12
System should support inventory management of coded and
766 Fixed Asset
non coded stationary and centralise management.
O A 4 1 4

767 Fixed Asset Depreciation Register M A 10 1 10


768 Fixed Asset Key Register maintanance M A 10 1 10
769 Fixed Asset System should generate service tax paid register D A 6 1 6
770 Fixed Asset system should maintain disposal of all kind of properties D A 6 1 6
Vehicle maintainance log book record should be parameterised
771 Fixed Asset M A 10 1 10

772 Fixed Asset Vehicle recurring and other expences maintainance M A 10 1 10


inventory of consumable items should be available and
773 Fixed Asset
projected consumption or budgeted expences for next year
D A 6 2 12

774 Fixed Asset Record keeping of CD D A 6 1 6

775 AIMAS Capturing the details of AIMAS participating banks M A 10 1 10


with code no, address, telephone number, group etc.
Capturing the details of branches of the AIMAS
776 AIMAS participating banks with code no, address, telephone M A 10 1 10
number, group etc.
Issuance of Demand Draft on any AIMAS
777 AIMAS M A 10 1 10
participating branch by Cash/Transfer
778 AIMAS M A 10 1 10
Provision for Issuance of Demand Draft in a batch.
779 AIMAS Re-validation of Demand Drafts M A 10 1 10
780 AIMAS Provision for Cancellation of Demand Drafts M A 10 1 10
781 AIMAS Provision for Stop Payment of Demand Draft M A 10 1 10
Provision of record keeping with details for lost
782 AIMAS M A 10 1 10
Demand Drafts.

Page 70 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Scanning of signatures of Authorized Signatories of
783 AIMAS AIMAS participating State Co-operative M A 10 1 10
Banks/CCBs/UCBs
Verification of Ledger Balances for various
784 AIMAS participating SCBs before issuance of Demand M A 10 1 10
Drafts
Generation of Outward Demand Draft Issuance
785 AIMAS M A 10 1 10
Report
786 AIMAS M A 10 1 10
Generation of Inward Demand Draft Payment Report
Generation of form 4A/4C/4D Report (Demand Draft
787 AIMAS M A 10 1 10
Advice, same report in triplicate)
Generation of Form 8-A/8-C/8-D Report (Bill
788 AIMAS M A 10 1 10
Realization Advice, same report in triplicate)

789 AIMAS Generation of Form 5A/5B/5C Report (Cancellation M A 10 1 10


of AIMAS Demand Draft, same report in triplicate)
Generation Form 7 Report (Intimation of Loss of
790 AIMAS M A 10 1 10
Demand Draft/Stop Payment)
The proposed system should support all kinds of inland
bill activities of our Bank prevailing as of now or that may
be introduced in future and it should address the complete
791 Bills working requirement of such inland bill activities. The M A 10 1 10
classification should be based on - Type / Tenor
/Location etc and naming as per Bank's convention

To allow lodgment, authorization, forwarding/schedule


792 Bills generation, receive of payment, realization, cancellation M A 10 2 20
of bill, modification of bill, deletion of bill.
793 Bills To allow purchase, discounting M A 10 1 10

Page 71 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Allowed sequence – for cheques - entry, present in
clearing/transfer , receive payment, realize the Bills,
794 Bills collect our charges, comply with the collection/collection M A 10 2 20
instructions, remit the proceeds, in case returned – mark it
as returned unpaid, cancel, etc.
Allowed sequence – for Bills – entry, present to party,
receive payment-cash/transfer/clearing, realize the bill
795 Bills (passing contra voucher), collect our charges, remit the M A 10 1 10
proceeds, in case returned – mark it as returned unpaid,
cancel a bill
Bill sent for Collection - to be purchased at any later time -
796 Bills M A 10 1 10
within / beyond the limt ( as may be permitted)
797 Bills BP to OBC/LBC conversion M A 10 1 10
Sensing distinction of Cheque / DD / etc in
798 Bills M A 10 1 10
Outward/Inward activities
Authorization of Bills activities – lodgment authorization,
purchase authorization, discounting authorization,
799 Bills M A 10 1 10
returned unpaid realization, etc. including batch
authorization.
800 Bills Allowing Bills correction at all the above levels M A 10 1 10
Should be possible to see the details/pending queue items
of authorized and unauthorized Bills, on daily basis- this
801 Bills query should support query based on range of bill type, M A 10 1 10
range of bill numbers, range of beneficiary accounts

In case of inward Bills – entry of both account holder or


802 Bills M A 10 1 10
non-account holder
Outstanding Bills of each and every bill type to tally with
803 Bills M A 10 1 10
the corresponding bill type GL balances on a daily basis
Daily individual bill wise contra passing for collection
804 Bills Bills – automatically – both inward and outward – while M A 10 1 10
lodging/realizing /returning
805 Bills Contra heads tallying at the time of day end M A 10 1 10
Page 72 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Bill limit with terms and conditions defined – to be
modified, allow interest rate change, specially these two
806 Bills M A 10 1 10
should be allowed for creation, modification, query, etc.

Routing account concept in Bills realization through


807 Bills demand drafts drawn on local branch – automated M A 10 1 10
clearing interface
In case of usance bill the date of acceptance to be noted at
808 Bills M A 10 1 10
a later date.
Portfolio change from collection bill to purchase bill (full
809 Bills M A 10 1 10
amount, may be with margin)
810 Bills Due-date diary of Bills, M A 10 1 10
Outstanding Bills – for outward/inward with various
811 Bills intermediary status like Booked but not realized, Realized M A 10 1 10
but not remitted / credited / adjusted
IBC realization without payment. To note in the system
812 Bills - IBC goods delivered based on acceptance of bill and M A 10 1 10
treat it as realized as per instruction of drawer.
Computer value – i.e. the values picked up from
813 Bills parameter files whether change is allowed. Whether audit M A 10 1 10
trail is maintained for changes
Allowing ‘n’ number of types in
IBC/ICC/OBC/OCC/LBC/LCC/Purchase Bills/Discount
814 Bills M A 10 1 10
Bills etc. as a production creation mechanism

815 Bills Margin account maintenance for Bills/Cheque M A 10 1 10


816 Bills Allow sending directly to other Bank for collection M A 10 1 10
817 Bills Allow sending to our own branch for collection M A 10 1 10
Allow sending to party directly for collection against
818 Bills M A 10 1 10
specific mandate of the drawer.
Separate Covering letters for the outward instrument(s)
819 Bills lodged pertaining to the same branch should be generated. M A 10 1 10

Page 73 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
820 Bills Realization through cash, transfer, clearing M A 10 1 10
Realization of proceeds through clearing related
instruments like DD / AIMAS / Cheque or through other
821 Bills M A 10 1 10
Payment and Settlement Systems I.e. RTGS / NEFT etc

Directly making demand drafts or through any other


remittance mode like co-advice, draft or other Bank
822 Bills M A 10 1 10
drafts, pay order, MT etc for realized amount – after
deducting / realising our commission/charges
Realization of bill for the gross amount (adjusting for
Rebate , if any) and collection charges and other charges,
823 Bills Charges (e.g. in lieu of C-Form), Interest if any, to be M A 10 2 20
debited from the proceeds before remitting to the
beneficiary’s account
Collection of charges in case of Bills/cheques unrealized
824 Bills M A 10 1 10
as per defined norms.
Have provision for noting the charges collected by other
825 Bills Bank., as adjustment/their charges, while realizing the M A 10 1 10
payments.
Realization of proceeds can be received from either the
826 Bills M A 10 1 10
Bank, party, or others or from our own branch
Realization through clearing – automatic interface of bill
realization sending the cheque in clearing schedule and
827 Bills M A 10 1 10
keeping track of availability of credit and then allowing
final realization
Realisation of more than one bill through a single
828 Bills M A 10 1 10
paymnet / instrument / transfer voucher.
Query/report of Bills – range of bill type, range of bill
numbers, range of beneficiary account type, account
829 Bills numbers, Bank range wise, amount range wise, lodgment M A 10 2 20
date wise, realization date wise, unrealized date wise

Page 74 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
The above query/report should be available for various
status of the Bills – lodged, purchased, discounted,
830 Bills M A 10 1 10
dispatched, payments received, converted Bills, realized
Bills, returned unpaid Bills,
Provision to define normal interest and penal interest rate,
separate number of days, accounting head for purchase
831 Bills M A 10 1 10
Bills – separately for local cheque purchases, outstation
cheque purchases
832 Bills Calculate interest in case of IBCs as specified in the bill. M A 10 1 10
Should be possible to correct the bills at various stages –
entered bill correction, purchased bill correction,
833 Bills M A 10 1 10
dispatched bill correction –Possibility of correcting the
bills before authorization and after authorization.
Capability of ASCII upload (text file) to bills activities –
834 Bills to accommodate corporate borrowers who may be giving M A 10 1 10
lodgment details in ASCII
Allow or not to allow post dated cheques for OBC
835 Bills collection only (not for purchases) and if so parameter as D A 6 1 6
to how many days of post date should be allowed
Customers liability register should be available for
836 Bills query/print – this should be for each of the bill limit M A 10 1 10
enjoyed by the customer, the register should give details
837 Bills These to be allowed separately for bills and cheques. M A 10 1 10
System should capture customer details upon entering
838 Locker
customer ID in to locker register.
M A 10 1 10
Linking the deposit account or operative accounts for recovery
839 Locker
rent
M A 10 1 10
System should calculate the rent to be charged based on
840 Locker
defined rules e.g type / size of the locker / customer type
M A 10 1 10

841 Locker System should waive off rent / charges at account level M A 10 1 10
System should allow debiting of Deposit account of Customer
842 Locker for recovery of periodical rents and other charges (by way of M A 10 1 10
standing instruction )
System should specify +/- amounts or percentage to be
843 Locker
applied at account level
M A 10 1 10

Page 75 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Locker Operations – Time in , Time Out, Access Log Register,
844 Locker
Officer handling the customer
M A 10 1 10

845 Locker Allow multiple nominations in locker M A 10 1 10


System should display locker numbers available to be allotted
846 Locker to the customer based on the type of locker selected M A 10 1 10

System should display locker operation instruction / signatures


847 Locker etc on the entry of the locker number and also due / M A 10 1 10
outstanding charges if any
System should capture the system time for the “time in” field
848 Locker
and does not allow to change.
M A 10 1 10
Display last visit details on the entry of locker number and dues
849 Locker
/ charges outstanding if any
M A 10 1 10
Option to maintain waiting list for lockers and keep track of
850 Locker revised waiting list after locker allotted on first waiting person M A 10 1 10

System should attach remarks such as ‘rent overdue’, ‘key lost


851 Locker
reported’ to the lockers
M A 10 1 10
System should capture ‘time out’ field at the time of locking the
852 Locker
vault.
M A 10 1 10
Trigger warning message , if locker is being accessed after a
853 Locker
gap of ‘X’ months
M A 10 1 10
System should change the type of lockers and net amount
854 Locker payable / receivable from / to the customer should be M A 10 1 10
automatically displayed
Parameter to fix grace days for payment of rent. Flexible
855 Locker
Parameter.
M A 10 1 10
Locker allotment should be parameterised as per banks policy
856 Locker M A 10 1 10
Automatic recalculation rent in case of advance rent payment
857 Locker
and refund to customer
M A 10 1 10

858 Locker Generation of reminder letters in case of overdue rent M A 10 1 10


Automatic adjustment of rent on receipt of credit to the account
859 Locker
( any where is it allowed)
M A 10 1 10

860 Locker Parameter to define various charges leviable in the account M A 10 1 10


861 Locker Option to waive the penal charges at account level M A 10 1 10
862 Locker After settling the dues only system should allow to close M A 10 1 10
System should parameterize the reason for closure of the
863 Locker
locker
M A 10 1 10

Page 76 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
864 Locker Update locker available list after the closure M A 10 1 10
Facility to refund amount after surrendering the locker – pro
865 Locker
rata rent and deposit amount
M A 10 1 10
System should provide flagging of the locker with ‘key lost’ tag
866 Locker M A 10 1 10
Ability capture the investigator, witness and authorizing bank
official details in the case of locker is "Break open" alongwith
867 Locker
reason for "Break open" (e.g. for unrealised locker rent etc)
M A 10 1 10

System should calculate charges for loss of locker keys as


868 Locker
defined in the parameter
M A 10 1 10
System should allow change of key and update the locker
869 Locker
master details
M A 10 1 10
System should define minimum deposit to be maintained for
870 Locker realzation of yearlylocker rent based on the location of the M A 10 1 10
branch & rent also.
871 Locker System should maintain history of the lost keys O A 4 1 4
System should provide triggers for alerting when locker for
872 Locker
reported lost key is accessed by the customer
M A 10 1 10
Reports on lockers issued, closed along with reason, lockers
break opened, rent dues, rent receivable , locker accessed,
873 Locker
lockers avail System should be provided. Backdated Reports
M A 10 2 20
should be available.
Alert for authorized access – E/O/S etc. – Display of Names.
874 Locker M A 10 1 10

875 Locker Restrictions for allotment (Minors etc.) M A 10 1 10


876 Locker Recording of changes of hirers – addition / deletion. M A 10 1 10
877 Locker History of Changes M A 10 1 10
878 Locker Option to freeze operation / attachments M A 10 1 10
Display of photos and signature. Facility should be available to
879 Locker
scan Locker signature card
M A 10 1 10

880 Locker Locker No & Related Key register. M A 10 1 10


881 Locker Password requirement. M A 10 1 10
882 Locker Recording of Power of attorney name etc. & alerts M A 10 1 10
System should send acknowledgement of locker nomination.
883 Locker Nomination should be in favour of Individuals only. M A 10 1 10

884 Locker Rejection of locker operation in case rent is not paid. M A 10 1 10


Page 77 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision for noting the charges to be recovered (Postal
885 Locker
charges /letter etc.)
M A 10 1 10
Rent due intimation, one month in advance of due date.
886 Locker Continuous notices till rent is recovered at periodical intervals. M A 10 1 10

887 Locker Loss of key – Operation to be freezed. M A 10 1 10


Search should be available for user on Key No,Customer
888 Locker
No,Customer name,Locker number
M A 10 1 10

Remittances facility should support- MC / AIMAS /


889 Remittances M A 10 1 10
RTGS / NEFT / DD / ECS, etc.
For each of the above items – Outward and Inward
890 Remittances remittances -Issue activity and payment activity for all of M A 10 1 10
the above types
For all types of instruments – issue duplicate, cancel,
891 Remittances M A 10 1 10
revalidate, etc. and authorization at every stage
Separate series of control / protection / variable numbers
892 Remittances M A 10 1 10
for each of the remittance types
Stock maintenance concept for each of the remittance
893 Remittances types – all remittance/instrument where security items are M A 10 1 10
involved
Ability to generate at pre-determined frequency say daily,
894 Remittances weekly, fortnightly, monthly, the extracts for each type of M A 10 1 10
remittance, for AO / HO
Ability to provide this extract with the GL information
895 Remittances portion in Text File in floppy for onward transmission to O A 4 1 4
HO
Enabling payment activity for each type of remittance –
896 Remittances M A 10 1 10
MC / DD / (Manager's Cheque, Demand Draft ), etc.
Ability to define different charges – commission,
897 Remittances exchange, postage, telegram charges, incidental charges, M A 10 1 10
parameter for different remittance types
898 Remittances Stop Payment marking, M A 10 1 10

Page 78 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Removal, query – recording reported lost DDs, revokation
of lost reported DDs, query, stop payment/lost noting for
899 Remittances M A 10 1 10
all varieties of remittance types – checking of reported
lost/stopped while paying
Text File upload into remittance files/tables for bulk
900 Remittances O A 4 1 4
Remittance issue
Deposit closure proceeds to come to Remittances directly
901 Remittances M A 10 1 10

Ability to create only cash transaction at the cashier level


902 Remittances D A 6 1 6
and to link it to Remittances level later
Full fledged query – date range, amount range, branch
range, product range, for all remittance types and for
903 Remittances M A 10 1 10
various activities like issue, cancel, duplicate, revalidated,
paid, all, etc.
Provision to reject what is initiated at the clerical level for
904 Remittances duplication, revalidation, cancellation– before it is M A 10 1 10
authorized
Interface and workability of standing instructions –
905 Remittances proceeds coming from any operative accounts/deposits to M A 10 1 10
Remittances
Daily extract of remittance along with GL extract – for
906 Remittances M A 10 1 10
specific date or range of dates
Supplementary for remittance heads – ability to generate
907 Remittances M A 10 1 10
based on remittance type – specific / range
Remittance register – issue register – specific date / range
908 Remittances of dates, branch specific / range of branches – to view on M A 10 1 10
screen / to print
Remittance query – based on party wise – specific party /
909 Remittances M A 10 1 10
range of parties
910 Remittances Remittance paid register – with full details M A 10 1 10
Ability to charge and collect extra exchange / commission
911 Remittances M A 10 1 10
for cash remittance type

Page 79 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Register of cancelled / revalidated / duplicate issued –
912 Remittances with full details - for specific/range of M A 10 1 10
date/branches/amount
Parameter for accounting of remittance type charges in
913 Remittances M A 10 1 10
various GL/PL account heads
914 Remittances Full audit trail for remittance activities M A 10 2 20
Signature storage / display for specimen signature of
915 Remittances officers while paying the remittance type payments –for M A 10 1 10
Bank’s Officers and other Banks” designated officials
Ability to build more than one charge for every remittance
916 Remittances type say commission and charges and postage M A 10 1 10

Report requirements for each type of remittance is


917 Remittances different and the same needs to be perfectly customized to M A 10 1 10
suit the needs of the Bank
918 Remittances Automatic posting of charges (can be edited) M A 10 1 10
For local instruments like MC – Issue, Pay, Cancel,
919 Remittances M A 10 1 10
Duplicate, Revalidate
MC – running serial number to be initialized at the
920 Remittances beginning of the financial year. Also tracking printed M A 10 1 10
serial number
Provision to transfer MC from active to stale after pre-
921 Remittances M A 10 1 10
defined period
An MC once paid or canceled should not be allowed to be
922 Remittances M A 10 1 10
paid again.
Facility for transfer of outstanding MCs beyond a cut off
923 Remittances M A 10 1 10
date/period to head office with relevant details
Printing of MCs in user definable formats on branches of
924 Remittances M A 10 1 10
our Bank.
925 Remittances List of branches where DDs can be issued M A 10 1 10
926 Remittances Facility to print draft in pre-printed stationery M A 10 1 10
927 Remittances Automatic updation of draft issue register. M A 10 1 10
928 Remittances Issue of duplicate drafts M A 10 1 10
Page 80 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Facility to record pre-requisite conditions for duplicate
929 Remittances issue. Validate against these conditions before duplicate M A 10 1 10
issue
Facility to issue duplicate drafts, link with original drafts
930 Remittances and print duplicate drafts – Issue of duplicate Demand M A 10 1 10
Drafts to be marked in the DD Issued Register
931 Remittances Payment of MCs M A 10 1 10
System should validate drafts number & stop payment
932 Remittances M A 10 1 10
instructions before payment.
System should validate whether drafts are stale, and if so,
933 Remittances allow payment only with supervisor approval – Only M A 10 1 10
revalidated Drafts should be allowed to be passed
934 Remittances Facility to cancel MCs and note caution on MCs. M A 10 1 10
Facility to maintain stock of MCs by the system. Stock
935 Remittances M A 10 1 10
Register to be customizable
Facility to record pre-requisite conditions for cancellation
936 Remittances of a draft. Facility to cancel a draft and pay cash /credit M A 10 1 10
customer's account with proceeds.
937 Remittances Commission M A 10 1 10
Facility to store and apply flat/ tiered charges for issuing
instrument of various denominations. These can be
938 Remittances M A 10 1 10
changed as per requirements and should be user-definable

Facility to charge additional charge for issue to non-


939 Remittances M A 10 1 10
customers. This charge also can be flat or tiered
Facility to mark certain accounts for automatic waiver of
940 Remittances M A 10 1 10
commission charge
941 Remittances DD – Also printing the printed serial number M A 10 1 10
DD/remittance instrument not printed check in the day
942 Remittances M A 10 1 10
end
943 Remittances DD/remittance transaction correction M A 10 1 10

Page 81 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
DD/Remittance transaction should not be allowed to be
944 Remittances deleted on the instrument being printed/issued, but to M A 10 1 10
allow only cancellation
Allow single level DD activity up to defined limit and
945 Remittances beyond that going to two levels –Maker/checker is M A 10 1 10
compulsory for both .
Facility to make payment either by pay order, cash or
946 Remittances M A 10 1 10
credit to account.
947 Remittances System should automatically generate payment advice. M A 10 1 10
Support passing of accounting entries for all transactions
948 Remittances for issue/ payment/ cancellation and automatically make M A 10 1 10
corresponding accounting entries
Branch-wise report of drafts issued during the day on
949 Remittances M A 10 1 10
various branches
On-line Enquiries – for all types of Remittances for all
950 Remittances activities/sub-activities with all kinds of combinations of M A 10 2 20
ranges like branch code, amount, date, etc.
Reconciliation of Debit/Credit Received from Apex Bank
951 Remittances M A 10 2 20

952 Remittances Stop Payment/Lost Mark of instruments M A 10 1 10


953 Remittances Maintenance of codes needed for Cypher coding of DD M A 10 1 10
Generation of Cypher Code For DD issued above certain
954 Remittances M A 10 1 10
Limit
955 Remittances Issuing of advice for mark lost/stop payments M A 10 1 10
956 Clearing Mutiple Cheques entry under one pay-in slip M A 10 1 10
Entry of cheques deposited by customers of other
957 Clearing branches for direct credit to their accounts without any M A 10 1 10
further manual intervention.
958 Clearing Batch verification of Clearing file M A 10 1 10
959 Clearing Future Clearing schedule can be created M A 10 1 10
Can Clearing credits to customer accounts be held as
960 Clearing "Shadow (unclear) balance" until such time the returns are M A 10 1 10
known?
Page 82 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Facility to participate in multiple Clearing Houses by
961 Clearing M A 10 1 10
Single Branch
962 Clearing Provision for setting up of Centralised Outward Clearing D A 6 1 6
Allowing cheques to be entered for outward clearing with
the details like MICR / non-MICR details, amount, drawer
963 Clearing M A 10 1 10
details, payees details, account number, amount etc

Creation of schedules of all such cheques entered.


964 Clearing M A 10 1 10
Creation of Bankwise/branchwise patti
Creation of files in Electronic Format acceptable to the
965 Clearing M A 10 1 10
Clearing house or useful for encoder
Stale and post dated cheques should not accepted ,proper
966 Clearing message to be given while entering the date of such M A 10 1 10
Cheques
Provision for posting of Outward Clearing credit to
967 Clearing M A 10 1 10
respective Accounts and to the Clearing Contra Head
Marking of Bounced Instrument and debiting respective
968 Clearing M A 10 1 10
accounts for the amount of such cheques
969 Clearing Recovery of Bounced Instrument Charges M A 10 1 10
Facility to add/cancel name of the Banks/Branches which
970 Clearing opens /closes branches within the Clearing House vicinity. M A 10 1 10

Marking of Bank/s which are debarred from participation


971 Clearing M A 10 1 10
in Clearing by RBI
972 Clearing Submember Clearing for member banks M A 10 1 10
Realization of clearing charges from the sub-member
973 Clearing banks monthly counting the number of cheques M A 10 1 10
cleared/returned (inward/outward/)
Separate inward Clearing file along with control totals for
974 Clearing M A 10 1 10
each batch.
Interface to a MICR-OCR reader/sorter/Cheque Depositor
975 Clearing M A 10 2 20

Page 83 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Where data is uploaded or taken from a MICR reader, in
case the account number is not available, can the system
976 Clearing M A 10 2 20
retrieve the account number from the cheque number?

Tally of batch totals i.e., number of instruments and total


977 Clearing M A 10 1 10
amount in the presentation with the instrument totals .
On-line viewing of authorized signatures for an account,
978 Clearing M A 10 1 10
during Clearing (parameterized- a/c type, limit etc.)
Automatic transfer of returned instrument data to the
979 Clearing M A 10 1 10
outward Clearing file.
Automatic debit of charges for inward cheques returned
980 Clearing debited to customer account based on type of customers M A 10 1 10
(Parameterized).
Uploading of Clearing data of all branches in CBS
981 Clearing M A 10 1 10
environment from a centralised location
Can the centralised dept generate branch-wise totals and
982 Clearing control totals for tallying with the debit made by the M A 10 1 10
Clearinghouse?
In case exceptions are encountered (e.g.: lack of funds)
983 Clearing will the branches be able to determine whether or not to O A 4 1 4
accept the instrument?
Automatic inter-branch debits in case of instruments such
as Dividend Warrants, Stock invest etc., issued by other
984 Clearing M A 10 1 10
branches which are payable at par at the Service Branch.

In case of demand drafts/Banker's Cheque payable by the


Service Branch, will the system validate and debit the
985 Clearing M A 10 1 10
corresponding inter-branch a/c or drafts payable a/c
automatically?
An inquiry to trace the fate of a cheque (both inward and
986 Clearing outward), if given the Clearing presentation details and M A 10 1 10
the Cheque number.

Page 84 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Details of cheques returned against a particular account,
987 Clearing M A 10 1 10
including the reasons for return
Report on cheques returned each day, along with reasons
988 Clearing M A 10 1 10
for return
Report on volume statistics of inward Clearing
989 Clearing M A 10 1 10
instruments
Inward Clearing transaction report and inward Clearing
990 Clearing M A 10 1 10
rejects report
991 Clearing All backdated Clearing reports M A 10 1 10
System should return the instruments to Presenting Bank
992 Clearing only with the help of details available in the Uploaded file M A 10 2 20
for inward clearing
993 Clearing Clearing facility for submember banks M A 10 1 10
994 Clearing Auto accounting for instruments of submember banks M A 10 1 10
Debiting charges for Clearing for submember banks (as
995 Clearing per number of instruments handled in clearing per month) M A 10 1 10

System should have facility to generate


996 Clearing covering/forwarding letter to the bank based on M A 10 1 10
upcountry cheques (outward)
Generation of contra entries for such upcountry cheques
997 Clearing M A 10 1 10
sent at the time of record creation
Realisation of Cheques , crediting proceeds received to
998 Clearing the parties account after debiting other Bank charges, our M A 10 1 10
charges
999 Clearing Reversal of Contra etnry M A 10 1 10
Facility to inquire on cheques in Clearing by cheque no.,
1000 Clearing cheque date, account no., batch no., date of Clearing etc. M A 10 1 10
Facility to sort on any key for inquiry
Automatic on-screen warning message for cheques that
1001 Clearing M A 10 1 10
need to be returned in accounts

Page 85 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should provide for checking the net position of
Clearing, schedule/zone wise, and enable passing
1002 Clearing difference in Clearing operation account to inter-branch M A 10 2 20
account to bring the Clearing operation account to NIL
balance
Cheque number and stop payment instructions to be
1003 Clearing M A 10 1 10
validated before cheque is paid out
Provide facility to automatically store, and make available
on inquiry, information such as when and where cheque is
1004 Clearing presented and cleared, whether cleared or stopped, M A 10 1 10
payment to which Bank etc. Therefore, the system should
support individual cheque information
System to support re-presentation option for those
1005 Clearing M A 10 1 10
cheques which have been returned unpaid
Capability of transferring data off-line to a regional or
1006 Clearing M A 10 1 10
national Clearing house.
Interest accrual dates may even differ between cheques
1007 Clearing for savings account / current account and those for fixed M A 10 1 10
deposit account, from out of the Clearing proceeds
The system to accept information on holidays for all or
1008 Clearing some Banks in the day's Clearing. System to support M A 10 1 10
overriding the Clearing cycle in some exceptional cases
Generation of consolidated statement Bank-wise of
1009 Clearing amount 'due by them'. Details of statement to be user- O A 4 1 4
defined
Daily status of net amount 'due to' or 'due by' Clearing
1010 Clearing M A 10 2 20
house.
Generation of reports in the RBI or Clearing house
1011 Clearing M A 10 1 10
format.
Detailed enquiry listing for each branch of a Bank - for
1012 Clearing M A 10 1 10
internal purposes
1013 Clearing Bank wise listing of cheques for outward Clearing M A 10 1 10

Page 86 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Final Clearing sheet to be sent to the Clearing house –
1014 Clearing Patties Bank wise, branch wise optionally and based on M A 10 1 10
parameterized lots say 100, 200, 300, etc.
Able to generate credit/debit advice for the transfer
transactions for the charges debited to customer, credit
1015 Clearing D A 6 1 6
received for realization of upcountry cheques , interbranch
transactions etc.
1016 Clearing Centralised ECS M A 10 1 10
1017 Clearing ECS Debit Clearing M A 10 1 10
1018 Clearing ECS Credit Clearing M A 10 1 10
1019 Clearing Upload of ECS debit and ECS credit Clearing M A 10 1 10
Download For ECS Clearing to be sent to Clearing house
1020 Clearing M A 10 1 10

1021 Clearing Modification of data for the uploaded file M A 10 1 10


System should Interface with the Cheque Truncation
System as required by the statutory authorities for
1022 Clearing M A 10 2 20
automated data capture or upload /download of files as
required,
System should Apply Charges for Truncation based
1023 Clearing M A 10 1 10
Clearing
System should Compare signatures on cheques with
1024 Clearing M A 10 1 10
the ones linked to an account
System should Generate reports as on a particular
date /range of dates for cheques presented though the
1025 Clearing M A 10 1 10
truncation system along with day-wise consolidated
totals.
The scanned image and the signature of the customer
1026 Clearing should be visible on the same screen for easy M A 10 1 10
comparison
System should Interface with Electronic Fund Transfer
1027 Remittances M A 10 1 10
(NEFT) software provided by RBI
System should provide Interface with the Electronic
1028 Remittances Clearing Service (ECS) software for instrument returns M A 10 1 10
and validations provided by RBI

Page 87 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should upload & download data in the desired
format and print reports as desired (e.g. branch – wise,
1029 Remittances M A 10 1 10
zone – wise etc.) for Electronic Clearing Service and EFT
Service received from RBI / clearing houses.
System should Provide income – expenditure report
based on actual float that was available, Expenses
1030 Remittances incurred towards MICR / ECS, Courier Charges against M A 10 1 10
the income from service Charges and notional income at
prevailing Call Money lending rates
Provision for entering Inward & Outward ECS in the
1031 Remittances system as a sponser bank.Provision to generate / upload M A 10 1 10
files to send / receive to the concerned authorities (RBI)
1032 Remittances Provision to process reutrn of Outward ECS received. M A 10 1 10

Provision to process Inward/Outward ECS of submember


1033 Remittances M A 10 1 10
banks.
1034 Remittances Parameterise charges for Debit Inward ECS return M A 10 1 10

As a sponser bank Inward/Outward ECS return file should


1035 Remittances M A 10 1 10
be generated as per prescribed format
System should have provision to store modification in
account no. in case wrong details received through the file
1036 Remittances & modified at branch level. So that next time same entry M A 10 1 10
is received under same user number it should be mapped
to the corrected account number.
Letter to originating bank for not processing entires in
1037 Remittances future - in case of ECS return for the reason "account M A 10 1 10
closed " or "No such account.
System should Track the movement of instruments
from Branch to Service Branch and Reconciliation &
Control Method to ensure that all instruments
1038 Clearing M A 10 2 20
physically received at Service Branch, by generating
MF (manifold advices) both at service branch and
branch level

Page 88 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should Generate service branch Adjustment
1039 Clearing account entries age-wise for reconciliation. M A 10 1 10

3) Create text File for reconciliation at IBR (INTER-


1040 Clearing D A 6 1 6
BRANCH RECONCILIATION DEPARTMENT)
System should display pending Receipts from Bank
1041 Clearing M A 10 1 10
with Details of Each Transaction
System should Reconcile the transactions passed by
1042 Clearing bank & passed at Clearing House & query on branch M A 10 1 10
reconciliation number
To generate Daily status of net amounts "due to " or
1043 Clearing M A 10 1 10
"due by" clearing house
To generate all statements as per RBI format for all
1044 Clearing M A 10 2 20
types of clearing
System should identify High value clearing.
1045 Clearing M A 10 1 10
System should Generate flat files for both High Value
1046 Clearing clearing and in the desired format as prescribed by M A 10 1 10
RBI (MMBCS)
System should Consolidate the flat files at the service
branch Bank – wise and generate a schedule of all
1047 Clearing cheques collected under high value, bank – wise with D A 6 1 6
details of each instrument under a particular bank.

Consolidation of the various flat files generated at the


1048 Clearing D A 6 1 6
branches.
Generate a separate consolidated flat file in the desired
1049 Clearing format as prescribed by RBI at the service branch M A 10 1 10

Generate a summary of all transactions bank – wise for


1050 Clearing cheques collected under high value / metropolitan area D A 6 1 6
clearing.
Parameterization of different types of shares (A class, B Class,
1051 Share
C Class etc.)
M A 10 1 10
Details of share held by share holder (Name of the share-
1052 Share holder address , no of shares, amount of share, share M A 10 1 10
certificate no. Branch etc.)
Allocation of different share numbers to a shareholder for a
1053 Share
single share certificate.
M A 10 1 10

1054 Share Provision for dividendpayment M A 10 1 10

Page 89 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
1055 Share Provision for Forfeiture of shares D A 6 1 6
Generation of complete lsit of share holders (parametrized
1056 Share
such as 'C' class share)
M A 10 1 10
Generation of summary reports for shares held by different
1057 Share
categories of share holders.
M A 10 1 10
Provision of calculation of dividend for the share purchased
1058 Share
during the current year on daily product basis.
M A 10 1 10
Generation of reports for new share purchased during a
1059 Share
particular period.
M A 10 1 10

1060 Share Report of forfeited shares D A 6 1 6


Reports on Authorized Share, Paid-up Share, Partially paid up
1061 Share
share, etc.
M A 10 1 10
Generation of automatic share certificate number / overriding
1062 Share
the number by manual entry.
M A 10 1 10
Allocation of number of shares based on share amount as per
1063 Share
parameter (e.g. one unit for Rs. 500)
M A 10 1 10

1064 Share Printing of share certificates M A 10 1 10


1065 Share Addition/Deletion/Modifications of share details M A 10 1 10
General All software modules should be integrated (e.g.
Software customer information, account opening, transaction
1066 M A 10 3 30
Requiremen processing, teller operations, interest calculation,
t charges etc.)
General System to specify cut - off times for transactions
Software branch - wise / department -wise after which the
1067 M A 10 2 20
Requiremen transactions should be recorded in the system with the
t next working date
General Should support online real time & batch operations
Software
1068 M A 10 3 30
Requiremen
t
General Provide support for scheduling and defining of Jobs
Software
1069 M A 10 3 30
Requiremen
t
General System should support User-Definable / fully parameterisable
Software EOD/BOD processing
1070 M A 10 5 50
Requiremen
t

Page 90 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
General System should support Error logging of EOD/BOD errors
Software
1071 M A 10 5 50
Requiremen
t
General System should support Fully automated EOD/BOD Processing
Software
1072 M A 10 5 50
Requiremen
t
General System should support User-definable action in case of errors
Software
1073 M A 10 4 40
Requiremen
t
General System should provide facility to restart EOD/BOD from point of
Software failure - automatic and manual
1074 M A 10 5 50
Requiremen
t
General Different Processing at Month-End, Quarter end,Year-End and
Software Holidays
1075 M A 10 5 50
Requiremen
t
General Holiday Processing should be area wise/ operation wise
Software
1076 M A 10 3 30
Requiremen
t
General System should provide all letters to customers in English and
Software Bengali
1077 D A 6 5 30
Requiremen
t
Facilities to open account either by cash, cheque or
1078 Deposit transfer from another branch with parameterized M A 10 1 10
amount. (Minimum amt etc.)
Automatic generation of account no. at the time of
1079 Deposit opening an account.after required information is fully M A 10 1 10
filled up.
A customer can have various accounts, at more than
1080 Deposit one branch of different types, and they can be M A 10 1 10
accessed by a unique customer number.
Multiple signatories for Joint Accounts.
1081 Deposit M A 10 1 10

Page 91 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Grouping of accounts for offsetting balances and
1082 Deposit M A 10 1 10
calculating interests and charges.
Provision for User Defined alerts like “New Account”
1083 Deposit M A 10 1 10
etc.
Before closing provide check for atleast the following
1084 Deposit A
1. Unused cheque leaves are recovered
1085 Deposit M A 10 1 10
2. Lien is reversed
1086 Deposit M A 10 1 10
3. Hold amount
1087 Deposit M A 10 1 10
4. Standing instructions cancelled
1088 Deposit M A 10 1 10
5. Outstanding balances in any other accounts
1089 Deposit M A 10 1 10
6. Lockers/demat/loan
1090 Deposit M A 10 1 10
7. Effect of cheques sent for clearing has been given
1091 Deposit M A 10 1 10
8. Transactions in a pipeline
1092 Deposit M A 10 1 10
9. System should provide Differences in inter-branch
1093 Deposit M A 10 1 10
reconciliation
10.All authorized/required signatories have given
1094 Deposit M A 10 1 10
approval for closing/pre-mature closure of account
11. All concerned limit/facilities relating to the account
1095 Deposit M A 10 1 10
granted to the customer are closed
12. ATM card /debit card issued flag disabled
1096 Deposit M A 10 1 10
13. All other facilities cancelled e.g. internet banking
1097 Deposit M A 10 1 10
tele banking ATM/ Debit Cards etc
14.interest calculation and direct effect
1098 Deposit M A 10 1 10
15.Pending charges/dues to be recovered and also
1099 Deposit postal/courier charges to be recovered, if necessary M A 10 1 10

16.Computation / Recovery of TDS as applicable


1100 Deposit M A 10 1 10

Page 92 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Facility to parameterise account closure charges( flat
amount, percentage) in the event the account is closed
1101 Deposit M A 10 1 10
before a stipulated time period as mentioned in the
product definition
Facility to maintain data (static/transaction) for all
1102 Deposit closed accounts and generate a statement for the same M A 10 1 10
if required.
Facility to parameterize the reasons for closure (e.g.
1103 Deposit dissatisfaction, moving of residence, Descretion of M A 10 1 10
account holder etc.)
Settings of different passbook printout for different
1104 Deposit M A 10 1 10
account products.
Multiple accounts may sweep into or out of a
1105 Deposit M A 10 3 30
simple target account.
The Core Banking software should have a module to
cater to head office currency maintenance (notes /
1106 Deposit D A 6 1 6
coins) in the currency in which accounts are
maintained.
The system should be capable of recording the details
of currency (notes / coins) in the currency in which
1107 Deposit bank maintains its accounts at the cash vault D A 6 1 6
denomination wise. And should be reflected in HO

This system should be capable to maintain the details


of all the currencies (notes / coins), sent to branches
1108 Deposit denomination wise. D A 6 1 6
SMS to be generated and passed on to the authorised
person
The system should maintain the maximum cash
1109 Deposit retention limits at branches. M A 10 1 10

The system should be capable to generate the Cash


1110 Deposit retention limit based on a preset formula ( I.e M A 10 1 10
parameterised)

Page 93 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
The system should be capable to update the stock of
currencies (notes / coins) dispatched / received from
the branches / departments upon authorisation of
1111 Deposit currency details entry transaction. M A 10 1 10
System should maintain soiled and torn notes
reconcilation

The system should generate appropriate warning


messages informing the branches/ departments and
1112 Deposit also the currency chest about excess / shortage of cash M A 10 1 10
depending upon the cash retention parameter branch -
wise.
System should be able to print a cash
1113 Deposit requisition/surplus form depending on the requirement M A 10 1 10
of the branch.
The system should be able to generate a unique
reference number (user definable) for each cash
requisition / surplus form printed at the branches. The
1114 Deposit M A 10 1 10
reference number so generated by the system has to
be printed on the cash requisition / surplus form.

Maximum X amount cash transaction report


1115 Deposit M A 10 1 10

Records of issue and missing tokens


1116 Deposit M A 10 1 10

System should calculate cash transaction


1117 Deposit charges(dr/cr)and auto generation of vouchers as well O A 4 1 4
as advice
linkage of ATM cash balance with system
1118 Deposit M A 10 1 10

Transaction history inquiries/ instrument


1119 Deposit M A 10 1 10
search/amount search/trns of a particular date.
System should give the position of charges
1120 Deposit (IC,Commission, ATM Transaction, etc.) realized M A 10 1 10
account-wise.

Page 94 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Summary distribution of income/charges of various
delivery channels & facility to interface with all other
1121 Deposit M A 10 1 10
Banking Application eg. Treasury, RTGS, Delivery
Channels.
Facility to consolidate accounts into - branch/office-
1122 Deposit M A 10 1 10
wise
Facility to consolidate accounts into - product groups
1123 Deposit M A 10 1 10
Facility to consolidate accounts into - customer
1124 Deposit M A 10 1 10
segment ( agewise / category-wise etc )
The system should allow creation and definition of
banking products to be controlled and effected by the
1125 Deposit M A 10 1 10
authorized business user. Products should be defined.

Specify restrictions on no. of withdrawals / amount of


withdrawal from SB A/c. and track no. of withdrawals /
1126 Deposit amount of withdrawl on monthly/ quarterly basis. M A 10 1 10
Flexibility to levy or waive charge if withdrawals exceed
restricted amount.
Integration with Remittances and other modules
1127 Deposit M A 10 1 10
System to parameterize the deposit period.
1128 Deposit M A 10 1 10
System should be able to handle delayed payment of
installment and also impose a penalty in case of
1129 Deposit delayed payment.( either at the time of deposit of M A 10 2 20
Instalments or at the time of Maturity / Premature
payment)
System should be able to calculate penal interest in
1130 Deposit case the recurring deposit is closed prematurely. M A 10 1 10

The whole deposit to be held in units of user definable


1131 Deposit D A 6 1 6
amount.
Every unit to be held as a separate account on the
1132 Deposit system. The account numbers for each unit should be D A 6 1 6
auto generated by the system.
Passbook is to be generated for entire deposit amount,
1133 Deposit D A 6 1 6
instead of one receipt for each unit.

Page 95 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
For premature withdrawal, only requisite number of
1134 Deposit units required to honor the amount to be broken. The D A 6 1 6
balance will earn the original rate of interest.
System should apply penal rate for units withdrawn
1135 Deposit D A 6 1 6
and recalculate interest amount
System should allow any no. of units to be broken at a
time, without breaking the entire deposit. The units to
1136 Deposit D A 6 1 6
be broken should be chosen by the system and that
should be pametr.
Payment to be made for principal amount of units
1137 Deposit D A 6 1 6
withdrawn and interest earned on same.
Facility to allot many instruments for a single deposit
1138 Deposit and printing of multiple receipts for a single account D A 6 1 6

Breakdown of single deposit amount to different bills


1139 Deposit D A 6 1 6
payments and fund transfers
Define minimum balance to be maintained on each
type of account . The minimum balance requirement
may vary between customer's accounts having
1140 Deposit M A 10 1 10
checkbook and those not having checkbook. Must be a
provision of default charges.

Report continue or recovery option in case of


1141 Deposit M A 10 1 10
Interrupted Printing.
If any Statement of account has been already printed,
it should show in case of Reprinting so that necessary
1142 Deposit M A 10 1 10
charges may be levied / recovered.

1143 Deposit Spooled Printing of Reports. M A 10 1 10


Generation of letter of thanks to customer / introducer
1144 Deposit (user definable) after opening of account M A 10 1 10

Deposit Receipt printing/Pre-printed format to be


1145 Deposit available on opening and rollover, also the preprinted M A 10 1 10
no.and printed no. to be matched
Support for user definable layout of Deposit Receipt
1146 Deposit M A 10 1 10

Page 96 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
The system should be able to generate report as per
bank’s requirements. And also there should be a
provision to select some fields and perform statistical
1147 Deposit calculations on those chosen fields. Also there should M A 10 1 10
be a provision to club accounts on the basis of
customer ID & calculate all the income/ business
generated by him
Generating letter confirming receipt of cheque book by
1148 Deposit M A 10 1 10
account holder
Automatic generation of customer’s statements at
1149 Deposit M A 10 1 10
defined frequency for each account.
1150 Deposit To send statement of accounts by way of email. M A 10 1 10
Choice to customers of passbook/statement. This
1151 Deposit choice can be for each account of a single customer. M A 10 1 10

System should print a report as on a particular date /


range of dates for all transactions/ modification etc. at
a particular branch (say x branch) for transaction done
by other branches on that particular branch (x branch),
and all transactions done by the particular branch (x
1152 Deposit branch) on other branches along with all details of the M A 10 1 10
transactions including inputer details, authrisation
details, referred by details (in the event of higher
authrisation requirements), narration, special notes
etc.
System should schedule reports for printing I.e. day-
1153 Deposit M A 10 1 10
end, month-end, year end etc.
Specification of form size while printing statements of
1154 Deposit M A 10 1 10
accounts.
Feasibility of generating a report with an agewise
1155 Deposit M A 10 2 20
analysis of dormant and inoperative accounts.
Automatically convert accounts to dormant /
inoperative / unclaimed depending upon user defined
parameters / as per RBI guidelines. Generate an advice
1156 Deposit M A 10 2 20
and Dormant / inoperative/unclaimed Account Report
and vice – versa.

Define the transactions permitted in dormant accounts


1157 Deposit M A 10 1 10

Page 97 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Restrict viewing signatures of dormant /
1158 Deposit inoperative/unclaimed accounts to the computer M A 10 1 10
operator.
System should automatically group all dormant /
inoperative / unclaimed accounting and the balances of
these accounts under the designated GL head. Further
1159 Deposit M A 10 2 20
the system should also support reclassificaton and
updation of the GL heads once the account is
reclassified
1160 Deposit Value-dated Transaction Process M A 10 1 10
1161 Deposit Value-dated interest and Fees Calculation. M A 10 1 10
Auto renewal of deposits on maturity if requested by
the customer. (Only Principal/ Only Interest/ any other
1162 Deposit M A 10 1 10
amount specified by the custoer.) or by system.

Alert messages should be displayed at the time of


1163 Deposit closure if a duplicate receipt has been issued so that M A 10 1 10
only duplicate receipt is accepted.
System should trigger an alert if loan against FD is
outstanding at the time of maturity / premature
closure of FD. Loan amount to be adjusted against
1164 Deposit maturity proceeds before making payment. System M A 10 1 10
should not allow to make the payment if loan against
FD is outstanding balance amt transfer in party's
account or by PO
Support payment of principal into one or more account,
1165 Deposit M A 10 1 10
(cash or cheque)
New rate of interest to be applied from date of
renewal. Penal interest to be waived if period of
1166 Deposit M A 10 1 10
renewal exceeds left over period from previous deposit.

Principal given to the customer on maturity, but


1167 Deposit interest credited monthly to customer account (for M A 10 1 10
MIS, FD ,etc.)
Facility to define a minimum period before which if the
1168 Deposit deposit is withdrawn, the customer will not be entitled M A 10 1 10
for any interest.
Check for holds, liens and special instructions (e.g.
1169 Deposit Garnishee Order, IT, etc.) before allowing premature M A 10 1 10
withdrawal.
Page 98 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Support payment of interest into one or more account,
(cash or cheque). These accounts can be different
1170 Deposit M A 10 1 10
from the accounts for principal payment

System should support automatic rollover as per the


terms of standing instructions (e.g. Interest &
1171 Deposit M A 10 1 10
Principal, interest only, interest and part of principal,
principal only, etc.)
If no settlement instructions given by depositor for
1172 Deposit maturity payment, system should support allow M A 10 1 10
transfer to Mature Term Deposit account.
There should be a facility for parameterising penal
1173 Deposit charges (reduced rate of Interest) for premature M A 10 1 10
withdrawals.
System should be capable of calculating and displaying
1174 Deposit the maturity amount along with deductible TDS amount M A 10 1 10
if any as per parameters.
Facility to renew a deposit within a specified grace
period (as per parameter set) from its maturity date,
1175 Deposit M A 10 1 10
and calculate overdue interest for the overdue period
at user-defined parameters
At the time of opening, Face Value, Deposit Value
(discounted value) and maturity date to be calculated,
1176 Deposit M A 10 1 10
based on principle of discounting eg. MIP, QIP

The formula for discounting and calculating the Face


1177 Deposit M A 10 1 10
value should be user-definable and modifiable
System should open term deposit accounts with zero
1178 Deposit rate of interest and to be bifurcated as demand dep. M A 10 1 10

Interface with loan module to avail loan against the


1179 Deposit M A 10 1 10
deposit.
Facility to stop closure of deposit account if loan is
outstanding / kept under lien for non-fund based limits
1180 Deposit M A 10 1 10
(e.g. BG/LC/ etc.) . User definable alert or override
support.
Facility to attach Term Deposits to other loans at any
1181 Deposit M A 10 1 10
time during loan period or deposit period

Page 99 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should trigger an alert if loan against FD is
outstanding at the time of maturity / premature
closure of FD. Loan amount to be adjusted against
1182 Deposit M A 10 1 10
maturity proceeds before making payment. System
should not allow to make the payment if loan against
FD is outstanding
System should provide facility to Capture the following
renewals/settlement instructions and renew/settle
1183 Deposit A
Deposit Account as per instruction automatically on
maturity date.
System should provide facility to store minimum
1184 Deposit deposit amount and minimum and maximum time M A 10 1 10
period, for each type of deposit
At time of opening, maturity date and maturity value
should be calculated, with and without taking into
1185 Deposit M A 10 1 10
account tax to be paid, where applicable

Facility to maintain and view at transaction time, the


1186 Deposit M A 10 1 10
operating instructions for an account
Support for marking multiple liens on term deposit
1187 Deposit M A 10 1 10
account
System should have provision to payout periodical
1188 Deposit interest by internal transfer/ DD/ MC/ ECS/NEFT/RTGS, M A 10 1 10
etc.
Autorenewal facility should be available as per banks
1189 Deposit M A 10 1 10
product definition
Option to create multiple receipts for a single depositor
1190 Deposit M A 10 1 10
with similar details.
Multiple payment modes in case of interest payout
1191 Deposit M A 10 1 10
should be receiptwise/accountwise
Maturity notices/reminders generation for future dates
1192 Deposit should be available. The same should be available in M A 10 1 10
"From" "To" dates
Renewal for higher amount than the maturity value
should be allowed
eg. A receipt of Rs.100000/- is matured. If customer
1193 Deposit M A 10 2 20
wants to renew the same as Rs.110000/- by depositing
cash Rs.10000/-. New receipt of Rs.110000/- should be
allowed

Page 100 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Direct renewal of two receipts of different products in
1194 Deposit single receipt should be allowed & vice versa M A 10 2 20

If cheque is submitted for opening deposit account,


1195 Deposit account should be opened only after cheque is cleared M A 10 1 10
(value dating of transaction)
Facility to open Deposit with a value date.
1196 Deposit M A 10 1 10
System should restrict the extent for period allowed
1197 Deposit M A 10 1 10
for back value dating.
System to support - In case of Senior Citizen a/c in
1198 Deposit joint names, the normal rate of interest to be changed M A 10 1 10
wef date of death of senior citizen.
System should restrict introduction from properly
inbtroduced accounts opened and which are older than
1199 Deposit M A 10 1 10
a specified period ( as per parameter say - not less
than 6 months )
Provision in the System to block accounts where letter
1200 Deposit M A 10 1 10
of thanks is returned undelivered
System should restrict type of operation in the account
1201 Deposit till acknowledgement of address confirmation is M A 10 1 10
received
Pop ups for new messages / alerts / schemes /also for
1202 Deposit M A 10 1 10
terrorist organizations.
All KYC documents should be tracked by the system.
1203 Deposit M A 10 1 10
Calculate Tax-Deduction at Source and automatic
1204 Deposit M A 10 2 20
proper accounting as per parameters.
Interest calculation for TDS purpose should include all
term deposit accounts held by the customer at the
1205 Deposit branch. User should be able to define whether a type M A 10 1 10
of deposit is to be considered for TDS calculation or
not.
Tax Deduction to be parameterised to include at time
1206 Deposit of accrual / credit of the account / time of M A 10 1 10
payment, whichever is earlier.

Page 101 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
In case of Monthly / Quarterly Interest payable FDRs,
system should support computation of TDS based on
total interest payable during the financial year
1207 Deposit M A 10 2 20
and effecting deduction at the time of payment / at
Bank defined point of time .

System should first credit the interest account with the


full interest and debit the TDS account with the tax
1208 Deposit M A 10 1 10
amount, rather than crediting the new interest amount
to the interest account.
Facility for report on Projected TDS for all customers of
a branch & intimation letter should be generated
automatically.
Facility of the system to display and print the projected
1209 Deposit Tax deducted amount at the opening of deposit. M A 10 1 10
The system should consider all the deposit accounts /
Term deposits held by the customer with the branch /
bank.

1210 Deposit Withholding tax adjustments. M A 10 1 10


Provision to view/print projected TDS of a customer
1211 Deposit M A 10 1 10
should be available
TDS "Y" or "N" marking facility should be available
1212 Deposit with appropriate reason for the same in case of "N" M A 10 1 10

Customer-wise/Receipt-wise/Account-wise / Year-wise
1213 Deposit M A 10 1 10
TDS deduction facility should be available
TDS Form 16A should be generated as per requirement
1214 Deposit M A 10 1 10
All relevant I.T.returns should be generated
1215 Deposit automatically & E-return data generation and uploading M A 10 1 10
into TIN facility center
User definable screens for data capture
1216 Deposit M A 10 1 10
System should define fields as mandatory / non –
mandatory in the system for data capture (These fields
1217 Deposit are apart from fields which are key fields used M A 10 1 10
internally by the application for processing purposes)

Page 102 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should highlight mandatory fields in a different
1218 Deposit M A 10 1 10
color.
System should support user definable date and amount
1219 Deposit M A 10 1 10
formats
Facility for adding new fields ( any data type e.g.
Numeric, text, date etc) for additional data capture as
1220 Deposit M A 10 1 10
required by the Bank in each module, product /
scheme
System should integrate / interface with all the delivery
channels in such a way that at any point all the
channels, including the Core Banking Host show the
1221 Deposit same status, for example the balance shown on M A 10 1 10
internet banking should be same as that shown on the
ATM and that in the Branch at the any particular point
in time
System should mark reports as mandatory and non
1222 Deposit mandatory for prinitng at the branch / business units M A 10 1 10

System should schedule reports for printing I.e. day-


1223 Deposit M A 10 1 10
end, month-end, year end etc.
System should maintain a calendar file for all
branches, regions and head office. Further the system
1224 Deposit M A 10 1 10
should have the capabilty to define holidays for each
branch / region
System should support creation of various types of
accounts with various parameters ( e.g minimum balance,
1225 Deposit M A 10 1 10
Insurance linked, No frill acs, Zero balance a/c, Saving
Mela canvassed a/c, RF & BDRF a/c etc)
Minimum Balance – changeable parameter as and when
1226 Deposit bank decideds to do so M A 10 1 10

1227 Deposit Free Cheque Books upto the Parameter Set M A 10 1 10


Charges per Cheque Book thereafter as per chargemaster
1228 Deposit M A 10 1 10

Registration of Stop Payment of Cheque and Report there-


1229 Deposit M A 10 1 10
on
1230 Deposit Revoke of stop payment M A 10 1 10

Page 103 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Freezing of account / Releasing Freeze - provision of a
1231 Deposit field to capture narration in respect of multiple freezing M A 10 1 10
by way of date , amount and reason etc
Cheque book inventory to be maintained along with
1232 Deposit M A 10 1 10
functionality of marking lost/revoke lost etc for the same.
Separate minimum balance for an account with cheque
1233 Deposit M A 10 1 10
facility and without cheque facility
Product calculation based on minimum balance during
th
1234 Deposit 10 to end of month for each completed month on Half M A 10 1 10
yearly basis.
Product calculation on daily product basis / as per RBI
1235 Deposit M A 10 1 10
guideline on Half yearly basis
Interest calculation at the time of Account Closure for the
1236 Deposit M A 10 1 10
completed months
Interest calculation to be parameterised based on Clear
1237 Deposit M A 10 1 10
balance.
Minimum Interest as per RBI Guidelines
1238 Deposit M A 10 1 10

1239 Deposit No drawal "Against Uncleared Effect" M A 10 1 10


Allow withdrawals on withdrawal slip, in case of account
1240 Deposit M A 10 1 10
with cheques book give proper message.
1241 Deposit Withdrawal/Deposit From/To account at another branch M A 10 1 10
1242 Deposit Funds transfer to and from another account M A 10 1 10
Can the operating instructions for an account (singly,
1243 Deposit jointly, either or survivor, former or survivor etc) be M A 10 1 10
defined, displayed during transation entry
Classification into different schemes or products (general,
staff etc) with varying parameters (minimum balance,
1244 Deposit M A 10 1 10
interest rate, service charges, cheque book charges etc).

Possibility of not calculating/stop payment of interest in a


1245 Deposit D A 6 1 6
Specific account or in a scheme

Page 104 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
1246 Deposit Photo & signature scanning (Application can store both) M A 10 1 10
If account holder is minor, guardian / representative
1247 Deposit M A 10 1 10
thereof.
Nomination (Name, Age, Date of Birth, Relation,
1248 Deposit M A 10 1 10
Addresses, etc.).
1249 Deposit System to support - Only single Nominee M A 10 1 10
System to support - Change of Nominee / date of Change
1250 Deposit M A 10 1 10

If the nominee is minor, Representative of minor (as per


1251 Deposit M A 10 1 10
rule),Date of Birth of Minor, etc.
System to support - Minor to be eligible to operate the
1252 Deposit M A 10 1 10
account as per Bank defined parameter ( age / literacy)
1253 Deposit Date of introduction of joint a/c holder. M A 10 1 10
1254 Deposit Date of withdrawal of joint a/c holder. M A 10 1 10
1255 Deposit Ask reason to operate an inoperative account. M A 10 1 10
1256 Deposit Facility to surrender cheque book. M A 10 1 10
1257 Deposit System to print on Passbook "Nominee registered" M A 10 1 10
System to print on Passbook the name of Nominee ( if
1258 Deposit M A 10 1 10
desired by the account holder)
Pop up message at the time of every Transaction in
1259 Deposit SB/CA accounts in case of any overdue loan in his M A 10 2 20
account
Fastpathing (Direct access to a function/screen) without
1260 Deposit M A 10 1 10
having to traverse all the menus.
Daily sensing of credit balances in CC/OD a/c and
1261 Deposit reflecting the same in GL vice versa debit balances in SB M A 10 1 10
and C/A.
Balances – Total, Unclear, Clear, Shadow – Debit, credit
1262 Deposit M A 10 1 10

Compulsory tallying of GL Balances with Scheme Level


and Account level balances on a daily basis. Provision for
1263 Deposit M A 10 1 10
flashing of a message in case a G/L head is not tallied.

Page 105 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
New Accounts – up to stipulated period flash the message
1264 Deposit M A 10 1 10
during any transactions
Generation of Balance Report of each type on daily basis
1265 Deposit and to be stored separately for use in case of system is M A 10 1 10
down
Daily automatic checking of integrity of previous day’s
closing balance and the current day’s closing balance after
1266 Deposit M A 10 1 10
taking into account the transaction amounts of the day and
automatically setting tem right
Signature scanning/storing/displaying – maintaining one
to one, one to many – add, modify, delete, query, show
1267 Deposit M A 10 1 10
and maintain the history of changes as permanent audit
trial.
To compute interest based on daily Product with Shadow /
1268 Deposit M A 10 1 10
Clear balance
System to provide a text field to capture - Detailed Mode
of operation / designation of operator. All the past
1269 Deposit M A 10 1 10
information together with date of change to be captured
and displayed.at user's request.
Passbook printing – front page, first page, transaction
pages, auto track of last printed transaction, forcible print
1270 Deposit of any date range transactions, duplicate pass book issue M A 10 1 10
track, charges for duplicate pass book issue. Should
support all standard passbook formats.
Text file updates to all modules like operative accounts,
loan accounts-installments, deposits – recurring deposits –
1271 Deposit RD installments, remittance for bulk DD, bill for bulk M A 10 1 10
lodgment, outward clearing – for bulk lodgment from
customer to our database, or to outside system
Provision should be available to change the interest rate
1272 Deposit M A 10 1 10
globally -- schemewise
Flexible interest set up (base, penalty, additional at
1273 Deposit M A 10 1 10
product and adjusted account level)
Page 106 of 127
Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Tiered /slab-wise interest rates
1274 Deposit M A 10 1 10

Charges application criteria – if balance less than charges


amount – whether to forcibly allow, allow up to zero
1275 Deposit balance, not to apply if balance is not sufficient, store the M A 10 1 10
uncollected interest and collect it as and when the balance
becomes available in
Collection of charges beyond the allowed free no of
1276 Deposit M A 10 1 10
withdrawals,
Track by system when the interests – credits, debits /
1277 Deposit M A 10 1 10
charges are applied, and up to which date it is applied
Folio charges application can be with frequency like
monthly, quarterly, half yearly, yearly. Incomplete folio
1278 Deposit for months/quarters/half year to be carried forward and M A 10 1 10
only at the year-end, it should be rounded off to next folio.
Folio charges and the nu
Application of Incidental charges as per user defined
1279 Deposit M A 10 1 10
parameters
Check availability of Lien, freeze, partial freeze,
1280 Deposit Blocking, earmarking, Operations / Withdrawal Stopped, M A 10 1 10

Addition/deletion/removal of all above status with


1281 Deposit M A 10 1 10
tracking of the same
System should also provide flexibility to waive/ reduce
1282 Deposit the charge on specific transaction for any account, with M A 10 1 10
appropriate approval
Standing instructions maintenance for –
1283 Deposit A

Crediting Interest on Fixed Deposit to Savings/other


1284 Deposit M A 10 1 10
Accounts
Transfer of Loan Installment from operative Accounts to
1285 Deposit M A 10 1 10
Term Loans

Page 107 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Transfer of RD Installment from operative Accounts to
1286 Deposit M A 10 1 10
Recurring Depsosits Accounts/Locker rent, etc.
System should be able to define user profiles
1287 Security M A 10 4 40
(Capabilities/ Rights)
System to facilitate creation of the user ID’s at a
1288 Security M A 10 2 20
central level / branch level as desired by the Bank
System to attach the user ID of the employee to each
1289 Security M A 10 3 30
and every action done in the system
System should not allow multiple logins from different
1290 Security M A 10 4 40
nodes by same user ID
System should allow multi branch access to
1291 Security M A 10 4 40
specific/selected users as per banks requirement
System should set a default password upon creation of
1292 Security M A 10 2 20
the user ID.
System should allow the user (Bank) to define
1293 Security password policies. The minimum password policies to A
be defined are:
Ø Minimum/ Maximum password length
1294 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Alpha numeric combination of password
1295 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Compulsory use of special characters
1296 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Minimum password age
1297 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Password expiry period
1298 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Repeat passwords etc.
1299 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Repeat passwords period etc.
1300 Security M A 10 1 10
The system should be able to automatically check the
1301 Security passwords with the password policy, which can be M A 10 3 30
customised by the bank.
System should enforce changing of the default
password set by the system (at the time of creation of
user ID) when the user 1st logs on to the system. The
1302 Security M A 10 2 20
system should enforce all password policies as defined
at the time of first change.

Page 108 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System to define hierarchical password structure
1303 Security M A 10 2 20
System to permit access only through password
1304 Security M A 10 2 20
verification
System to define overrides for certain set of
transaction errors / warnings and link transactions to
1305 Security specific user ID’s. All such overrides should be recorded M A 10 2 20
for Audit trail. Also levels of password to be decided for
override.
System to form user groups and link rights to such
1306 Security M A 10 1 10
defined groups
System to restrict user access to
1307 Security A
Ø Menus
1308 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Sub- menus
1309 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Screens
1310 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Fields
1311 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Reports
1312 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Combination of the above
1313 Security M A 10 1 10
System to define levels of authorisation, while ensuring
1314 Security minimum two levels. How teller payments will be M A 10 2 20
authorised.
The system should be capable of encrypting the
1315 Security password / other sensitive data during storage and M A 10 2 20
transit.
The system should be able to generate audit trails of all
1316 Security transactions. The minimum fields that should be A
captured in the audit trail are:
Ø Date & time stamp
1317 Security M A 10 1 10

Page 109 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Ø Transaction ID linked to every transaction /
activity. Transaction ID has to be unique and should
1318 Security not be duplicated. Further the transaction ID should be M A 10 1 10
generated whether the transaction is successful,
unsuccessful / rejected.
Ø Operator ID
1319 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Authorised By
1320 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Overridden By
1321 Security M A 10 1 10
System to define conditions for transactions to be
1322 Security M A 10 2 20
treated as exceptional transactions
For each exception, system to define the system
1323 Security should generate a warning message or proceed with M A 10 1 10
authorization or reject the transaction.
System to define level,amount of transaction / type of
transaction and number of authorizations required to
1324 Security M A 10 1 10
pass an normal / conditional / exceptional transaction

The system should generate exception reports on a


daily basis as a part of the day – end activity. It should
1325 Security also be able to print/display exception reports for any A
defined date .The exception listing should capture the
following-
Ø Those transactions that require approvals from
1326 Security M A 10 1 10
higher authorities.
Ø All rejected and cancelled transactions along with
1327 Security M A 10 1 10
reasons for the same.
Ø Any changes made to the global parameter files
1328 Security M A 10 1 10
The system should at least display the following fields
1329 Security M A 10 1 10
in the exceptional transaction report
Ø Date & time stamp
1330 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Transaction ID
1331 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Operator ID
1332 Security M A 10 1 10

Page 110 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Ø Transaction details (before changes)
1333 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Transaction details (after changes)
1334 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Referred by ID (referring officer in case of higher
1335 Security M A 10 1 10
approvals)
Ø Authorising Personnel ID
1336 Security M A 10 1 10
Ø Remarks if any
1337 Security M A 10 1 10
The system should be capable of generating a
1338 Security supplementary of all transactions done during the day M A 10 2 20

The system should allow users to define error


1339 Security messages (parameterisable) for a particular transaction M A 10 2 20

System to restrict employees to post and also


1340 Security authorise transactions in his / her own accounts or M A 10 2 20
those of his / her relatives accounts.
System to restrict access to critical accounts /
1341 Security information to a particular user id / or a group of users. M A 10 2 20

The system should have provision to allow/ not allow


1342 Security any changes to be made to the details of the M A 10 2 20
transaction after authorisation by the officer.
The system should not permit the same individual to
1343 Security modify and authorise the same transaction - except M A 10 1 10
Teller Window
System should restrict access to post directly to the
1344 Security M A 10 1 10
Profit and loss account heads
System should restrict access to any teller / officer /
1345 Security branch personnel to change global parameters M A 10 2 20

System should enforce "Maker" "Checker" concept for


all types of transaction entry, modification , deletions,
1346 Security M A 10 1 10
static data entry, modifications, deletions

Page 111 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should define Maximum Inactive Time
(parameterisable) after which a user should be
1347 Security M A 10 1 10
automatically locked and logged out of the system.

System should suspend or cancel a user ID , if remains


1348 Security M A 10 1 10
unused for a defined time frame.
System must have provision to revoke suspended
1349 Security M A 10 1 10
user Ids.
System should have provision to allow only those
1350 Security transactions to be deleted that are unauthorised and M A 10 2 20
capture audit trail for such deletions
System to capture signatures of employees having user-
1351 Security M A 10 1 10
ids in the system
System should support tracking of all the System
1352 Security administration activities within appropriate system log M A 10 1 10

System should report active users in the system


1353 Security M A 10 1 10
branchwise or bank wise.
System should have Log report of users logging in &
1354 Security M A 10 1 10
out of the system throughout a period of time.
System to support definnig separate menu options with
1355 Security M A 10 2 20
view / query options for auditors etc.
System to support geographic
regionwise,branchwise,account type wise,transaction
1356 Security M A 10 2 20
type wise facility for fixation of teller/ single window
limits.
System should support online surveillance from a
1357 Security remote place (Data Center) about the activities M A 10 2 20
performed by users in various locations.
System should parameterise different business
1358 Security hours,working hours, weekly offs, holidays etc. for M A 10 1 10
different branches
System should support dual passwords for assess to
1359 Security M A 10 1 10
critical functionalities.
System should track the changes made in parameter
1360 Security M A 10 1 10
files along with detailed audit trail
System should generate reports for login access , staff
1361 Security with multiple level access, ,use Ids M A 10 1 10
disabled,suspended,cancelled users.

Page 112 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should support creation of temporary user id's
and access rights based on number of days, months
1362 Security M A 10 1 10
restrictions or time based restrictions (minutes, hours)

System should define users as free / captive users e.g.


a free user is a user who can access accounts / data of
another branch and can pass financial transactions in
1363 Security the other branch from his home branch depending M A 10 2 20
upon the access right and levels. A captive user is a
user who cannnot either view any other branch data
nor pass any financial transactions in other branches

System should have provision of user level amount


1364 Security M A 10 1 10
restriction limit
System should have provision of user level
1365 Security M A 10 1 10
authorisation amount restriction limit
To capture Transaction between WBSCB and
NABARD/NCDC/SIDBI etc. in respect of Borrowings availed
1366 Head Office from them and consequential Interest Calculation / M A 10 1 10
Repayment and handling the same through KMB and
downward transmission to RO / CCB / DCCB
To capture Transaction between WBSCB and
NABARD/NCDC/SIDBI in respect of Borrowings availed from
1367 Head Office NABARD/NCDC/SIDBI and consequential Repayment based M A 10 1 10
on Repayment Schedule which is to be noted in the
system.
To capture Transaction between WBSCB and NCDC / SIDBI
etc in respect of Borrowings availed from NCDC / SIDBI etc
1368 Head Office
and consequential Interest Calculation / Repayment and
M A 10 1 10
handling the same through KMB
To capture Transaction between WBSCB and Govt
1369 Head Office
Borrowings - Repayment of Interest / Principal
M A 10 1 10
System to compute various types of Subsidies to be claimed
1370 Head Office
from different bodies.
M A 10 1 10
Handling of various types of Subsidies e.g from NABARD /
1371 Head Office
Govt of WB / GOI etc
M A 10 1 10
Hire/Purchase of assets and their accounting
1372 Head Office M A 10 1 10

Page 113 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Handling of various types Litigation and their status
1373 Head Office M A 10 1 10

Accounting for AMC charges with various service providers.


1374 Head Office M A 10 1 10

Maintenance of Bills Payable Register (Vendor, Receive on, Bill


1375 Head Office No. and Date, Dept. No., Particulars, Bill Amount, Paid on, etc.) M A 10 1 10

Provision for generation of Bills Paid and Bills Payable Report


1376 Head Office with details of bills parameterized, e.g. Vendor, Bill Date, Dept. M A 10 1 10
paid/unpaid etc.).
Provision for query on any bill
1377 Head Office M A 10 1 10

1378 Head Office Accounting for TDS for bills payments M A 10 1 10


1379 Head Office Generation of TDS certificates for vendors. M A 10 1 10
1380 Head Office Accornting for Sales Tax M A 10 1 10
1381 Head Office Accounting for Service Tax M A 10 1 10
1382 Head Office Accounting for Corporation Tax / Misc Tax M A 10 1 10
Generation of reports for tax-paid (parameterized, e.g. sales
1383 Head Office
tax, service tax, TDS, etc.) for any period
M A 10 1 10
Accounting for TA/DA Bills/Paper Bills etc.
1384 Head Office M A 10 1 10
Accounting for Festival Advance / LFC Advance/Medical
1385 Head Office Advance, etc. (With Interest / Interest Free as may be the M A 10 1 10
case)
Accounting for HBL/ Consumer Loan / Personal Loan, etc. for
1386 Head Office Staff (A/c opening / disbursement / Interest on Loan / Closure M A 10 1 10
/ repayment etc.)
Report on outstanding balances on various types of staff loans
1387 Head Office
and advances (parameterized)
M A 10 1 10
Calculation of interest on various loans during repayment.
1388 Head Office M A 10 1 10
Query on interest on loans (parameterized)
1389 Head Office M A 10 1 10
Accounting for Purchasing Computers, Printers, Scanner etc.
1390 Head Office
(Sundry Account, to be adjusted with branches later)
M A 10 1 10

Page 114 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Accounting for printing and stationery
1391 Head Office M A 10 1 10
Maintenance of Inventory - Purchase / Issue / Costing /
1392 Head Office
Accounting / Reorder Levels etc
M A 10 1 10
Details of Investment of the Agricultural Credit Stabilization
1393 Head Office Fund / Populaton branchwise ( Form - VI - as on the last Friday M A 10 1 10
of each quarter.
Selected Information for compilation of monetary aggregates as
1394 Head Office
per - Form B (Annexure-I)
M A 10 1 10

1395 Head Office Form I - Report- Monthly Statement of CRR / SLR. M A 10 1 10


1396 Head Office Form II - Report- Monthly Statement of CRR / SLR. M A 10 1 10
1397 Head Office Statement of Balance with RBI and reconciliation thereof M A 10 1 10
Statement of Balance with Kolkata Main Branch/other banks
1398 Head Office M A 10 1 10

1399 Head Office Generation of FORM - B M A 10 1 10


Form 'B' Report- Statement of position at the close business of
1400 Head Office
Friday.
M A 10 1 10
Supplementary Statement relating to the monthly return in
1401 Head Office
Form 'B'
M A 10 1 10

1402 Head Office Memorandum to Form A/B M A 10 1 10


Form IX Report (BR Act 1949)- Statement showing the assets
1403 Head Office and liabilities in India as at the close of business on the last M A 10 2 20
Friday.
1404 Head Office Unclaimed Deposit - Form VIII M A 10 1 10
Offsite Sueveillance Report ( I -V )
1405 Head Office M A 10 1 10
Detailed statement for any General Ledger maintained by HO
1406 Head Office
for a range of dates.
M A 10 1 10

1407 Head Office General Ledger / PL Accounts of Head Office M A 10 1 10


1408 Head Office General Ledger of PL Accounts of the Bank M A 10 1 10
Generation of Balance sheet (Quarterly/Half-yearly/Yearly) of
1409 Head Office
the bank.
M A 10 1 10

1410 Head Office Consolidated Trial Balance of the Regions M A 10 2 20


1411 Head Office Quarter/Half-year/Year-end of all branches from HO M A 10 3 30
Implementation of Transfer Price Mechanism - Adjustment of
1412 Head Office
Profit / Losses- amongst Branch / HO
M A 10 2 20

1413 Head Office Branch Gradation Report as per parameters M A 10 2 20

Page 115 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should upload data received in any electronic
format from branches outside the core banking system
1414 MIS M A 10 1 10
for consolidation and amalgamation for reporting
purposes
System should provide user-friendly, multi-dimensional
analysis and decision support tools like Data Explorer,
1415 MIS M A 5 0
Data Analyzer, to the executives covering functionalities
across the Bank
System should provide high flexibility in designing
1416 MIS queries and accessing the key data by the executives M A 5 0

System to support manual feeding of data at the nodal


/ link departments or Head Office for consolidation and
1417 MIS M A 10 1 10
amalgamation of data received by manual branches.

System should provide fucntion where user to define


print layout (horizontal / vertical etc.) and other print
1418 MIS M A 10 1 10
setting (paper size, margin etc.) through menu driven
options
System to provide a flexible report writer with the
1419 MIS A
following minimum features:
1420 MIS · Specify the format and layout of reports M A 10 1 10
· Summarise and total the information to be reported
1421 MIS M A 10 1 10

1422 MIS · Selected records to be included in the report M A 10 1 10


· Selected details from each record to be included.
1423 MIS M A 10 1 10
· Perform arithmetic calculation on the information
1424 MIS M A 10 1 10
selected
System to print reports as on a particular date, any
user defined date or range of dates for the selected
1425 MIS M A 10 1 10
criteria (e.g. stop payments, transaction details etc.)

System to define reports for scheduled printing at the


branch level, Head Office etc. e.g. printing of n1
number of reports at day - end at the branch, n2
1426 MIS O A 4 1 4
number at day - begin at the Head Office etc. and also
based on activities like day-begin, day-end, month
begin/end etc

Page 116 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System to restrict access to reports based upon user
1427 MIS M A 10 1 10
privileges defined in the system
System to have the capability of scheduling report
printing (parameterisable) from the data centre for the
various branches which should be automatically
1428 MIS M A 10 1 10
printed at the designated branches based on
parameterised rules e.g. on day-end, on day-begin,
month end year end etc
System should check whether Credit Monitoring
statement of large borrowal accounts – Part B –
1429 MIS M A 10 1 10
Accounts with Rs. 2 crores and above (parametrisable)
is generated.
1430 MIS Debit and credit summations M A 10 1 10
1431 MIS Overdue bills (Number and Amount) M A 10 1 10
1432 MIS Excess /Adhoc allowed, date of adjustment M A 10 1 10
1433 MIS Details of guarantee invoked etc M A 10 1 10
System will be able to generate the above statement
1434 MIS for different amounts viz. Rs. 1 Crore and above etc. M A 10 1 10
(defaulters list)
System should generate the report for balance sheet
analysis as per RPCD guidelines which include tier 1,
tier2 capital, total risk weight assets, details of loan
1435 MIS M A 10 3 30
assets and investment and details of earnings along
with financial ratios as required by the statutory
authorities
The frequencies of generation of these reports
1436 MIS /statements can be parameterised e.g. Quarterly to M A 10 1 10
Monthly to weekly and vice- versa
System should feed qualitative comments/notes
manually without affecting the sanctity of report to
explain the reason wherever fields (e.g. remarks
1437 MIS /comments etc.) exist in a particular report /statement M A 10 1 10
and facility to configure to see that the respective
department alone at Controlling Office can view.

System should segregate accounts quantum wise ( <


1438 MIS 1 lac, 1-5 lac, etc. ) possible (advances and deposits) M A 10 1 10

Page 117 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should generate scheme-wise progress reports
1439 MIS M A 10 1 10
as per periodicity defined by the Bank.
System should compare with previous week/ month/
quarter/ half year/ year possible or comparison for a
1440 MIS M A 10 1 10
given period/ periodical progressive reports.

System should generate reports for branches category-


1441 MIS wise/ population-wise etc. on different parameters. D A 6 1 6

System should calculate averages of Deposit/


1442 MIS M A 10 1 10
Advances/Business etc. per employee/per branch
Calculation of cost of deposit and yeild on advance
1443 MIS M A 10 1 10
Calculation of cost of borrowing/loan separately for
1444 MIS M A 10 1 10
NABARD and other institutions
1445 MIS Calculation of yeild on investment M A 10 2 20
Sector-wise/Borrower-wise breakup of interest income
1446 MIS M A 10 2 20
Sector-wise/Borrower-wise breakup of projected
1447 MIS M A 10 2 20
interest income
System should calculate Income/ Expenditure/ Profit/
1448 MIS M A 10 1 10
Loss per employee/per branch
System should calculate cost of funds/ yield on funds
1449 MIS M A 10 2 20
System should calculate the Break-even analysis of
1450 MIS M A 10 2 20
profitability.
System should generate exposure to – Sensitive
1451 MIS M A 10 1 10
sector, Real Estate etc.
System should calculate Deposit Insurance premium
1452 MIS M A 10 1 10
System should generate reports/ statements as per
1453 MIS M A 10 2 20
new Basle Capital Accord.
System should provide projection of interest payable
1454 MIS
and receivable for a particular period.
M A 10 2 20

1455 MIS System should provide projection of cash/fund inflows M A 10 1 10


and cash/fund outflow for a particular period.
The system should have provision for Generation of
Funds and
1456 Balances of GL Heads as per the Codes(parameter) – M A 10 1 10
Investment

Page 118 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should have functionality of viewing statement
Funds and
1457 of the balance of any GL Head viz RBI Balance M A 10 1 10
Investment
(Kolkata/Mumbai).
System should have the facility for Uploading /Feeding
Funds and daily Bank statements for reconciliation of the entries
1458 M A 10 1 10
Investment in the Interbank ledger head.

System should have provision for reconciliation of


Funds and unmatched entries in the Bank account and the
1459 M A 10 1 10
Investment respective daily statement of the Bank.

System should have facility of generation of reports of


Funds and unmatched entries:
1460 M A 10 1 10
Investment

a. Entrywise – Date wise


Funds and
1461 M A 10 1 10
Investment

b. Agewise -Amount wise


Funds and
1462 M A 10 1 10
Investment

System should have the branches to advise Inter Bank


Funds and account reconciliation process with comments on un-
1463 M A 10 1 10
Investment responded or outstanding entries.

System should have Automated report of all clearing


Funds and
1464 centres regarding inward and outward clearing position M A 10 1 10
Investment
in all types of cheque clearing.
System should have detailed enquiry listing branch-
Funds and
1465 wise - for proper monitoring of funds inflow and M A 10 1 10
Investment
outflow
System should have Provision for branches to report
Funds and
1466 future outflows and inflows date-wise for use of fund M A 10 1 10
Investment
managers on daily basis.
System should provide Differences in inter-branch
Funds and
1467 reconciliation (both Dr/Cr) M A 10 1 10
Investment

Page 119 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
The system should allow storage, consolidation and
transmission / retrieval of data related to trial
Funds and balances, on parameterised dates ( e.g. daily / last
1468 Friday/ weekly / fortnightly / month end M A 10 1 10
Investment
/Quarterly/Half-Yearly/Yearly etc.) data incorporating
all assets and liabilities at branch / office level.

System should show Summary of Net Demand and


Funds and Time Liabilities with proper segregation as demand and
1469 M A 10 1 10
Investment time / short term and long term as per RBI norms

System should show Summary of Capital and Reserves


Funds and
1470 of the bank with record of changes made date-wise. M A 10 1 10
Investment
System should show Details of Assets and Liabilities
Funds and
1471 (by segregating current and fixed) to the Banking M A 10 1 10
Investment
System .
The system should extract data showing daily balances
Funds and
1472 of all branches showing: A
Investment
Daily Cash Balances.
Funds and
1473 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Daily Balances with SBI/Other Notified Banks/Other
Funds and
1474 Banks and Financial Institutions M A 10 1 10
Investment
Daily Outstanding of Approved Investments with
Funds and
1475 Accrued Interest on SLR and Non-SLR Investments and M A 10 1 10
Investment
Amortisation.
System should report Cash Balances actually
Funds and maintained with RBI (Kolkata/Mumbai) vis-à-vis
1476 M A 10 1 10
Investment Average Requirement on daily/fortnightly basis .

System should generate on demand - on


Funds and parameterised periodicity ( e.g. Week-wise /
1477 A
Investment monthwise etc) / Region-wise / District-wise / Category-
wise variations of the following :

Page 120 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Position of deposit( with various categories / sub-
Funds and categories) and advances( with various categories /
1478 M A 10 2 20
Investment sub-categories) of the branches.

Position of cash / SBI / Other Bank balances.


Funds and
1479 M A 10 1 10
Investment

Position of other liabilities.


Funds and
1480 M A 10 1 10
Investment

Achievement of targets vis-à-vis Business Plan in


Funds and respect of imoportant parameters
1481 M A 10 1 10
Investment

System should generate reports of high value deposits


Funds and over a given amount maturing within any given period
1482 M A 10 1 10
Investment / date

Accounting of Transaction as per bank's accounting


Funds and system and booking of interest / swap gain / swap
1483 M A 10 1 10
Investment charges etc.

System should generate the following for preparation


Funds and
1484 of CRR Interest Claim at specified interest claim at O A 4 1 4
Investment
specified intervals.
System should recognise reporting fortnight dates and
Funds and
1485 acceptance of data for the reporting dates O A 4 1 4
Investment
System should determine CRR requirement of the
Funds and
1486 bank based on the following inputs: A
Investment
DTL and NDTL on the reporting dates (2nd previous
Funds and
1487 fortnight, as per present norms) M A 10 1 10
Investment
The system should prepare day-wise CRR maintenance
Funds and
1488 statement and computation of permissible daily M A 10 1 10
Investment
average.

Page 121 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
System should generate report on cash transactions
over a given amount ( say Rs.10 lac) giving details like
Funds and
1489 dateof transaction, branch name & code, type of M A 10 1 10
Investment
transaction (Dr/Cr), type of account etc

System should generate report on the sources and


uses of fund required at periodic intervals (daily,
Funds and weekly, fortnightly, monthly, quarterly) giving the
1490 M A 10 1 10
Investment inflow of funds from various sources and the
corresponding uses vis-à-vis the outflow of funds for
varied obligations / reasons
All the departments of HO should allow to work
independently but integrated with each other. The
Funds and Central Accounts Department ,HO will be able to
1491 M A 10 1 10
Investment overview the accounting transaction part of all the
departments of HO includeing Treasury Section.

Investment and Treasury Department should have the


facilities to maintain all their assets based on SLR/ NON
Funds and SLR/Private Palcement investment etc and due date
1492 of all investments, calculation of interest periodically, M A 10 1 10
Investment
remdemption date, payment of interest date for
performing transactions based on advice received from
other Banks/FIs etc
There should be facility to purchase/sale, add new
investment assets with all the details like name of the
Funds and investment, effective date, maturity date, interest rate
1493 M A 10 1 10
Investment applicable, date of interest payment, discount/premium
paid/received at the time of purchase,
amortization/depreciation
Investment Module Should Allow the Following
Funds and
1494 securities: A
Investment
Interest Bearing Securities
Funds and
1495 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Discounted Securities
Funds and
1496 M A 10 1 10
Investment

Page 122 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Bonds (GoI Bonds/other bonds)
Funds and
1497 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Treasury Bills
Funds and
1498 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Certifacte of Deposit (CD)
Funds and
1499 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Call Money/Notice Money, etc.
Funds and
1500 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Borrowing and placement
Funds and
1501 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Collateralized borrowing and lending obligations (CBLO)
Funds and
1502 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Repurchase transactions (REPO)
Funds and
1503 M A 10 1 10
Investment
The investment module should be scalable to provide
Funds and
1504 facility to submember banks in the form of CSGL M A 10 1 10
Investment
account
Facility to provide limits for Brokers,Security-wise, etc.
Funds and
1505 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Ability to follow the Standard Deal Life Cycle (Held-to-
Maturity[HTM], Available for Sale[AFS], Held for
Funds and Trading [HFT], Current and Permanent, etc.). Should
1506 M A 10 2 20
Investment provide options for entry, Transfer with proper
authentication ,authorization, confirmation, settlement
and reversal
Defining accounting entries, Voucher generation
Funds and
1507 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Integration with existing accounting software.
Funds and
1508 M A 10 1 10
Investment

Page 123 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Provision for coupons/yeild for sale and purchase
Funds and
1509 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Defining Different portfolios
Funds and
1510 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Transfer of securities from one portfolio to another
Funds and
1511 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Amoratization of securities
Funds and
1512 M A 10 2 20
Investment
Different Sqaure off (Trade gain) Computation methods
Funds and
1513 like Max profit,Max Loss, LIFO,FIFO Weighted M A 10 1 10
Investment
Average,Adhoc methods, etc.
Facility to handle (placement/maturity) Term Deposits
Funds and
1514 in inter-bank deposits M A 10 1 10
Investment
Interest Provision on inter-bank Term Deposits
Funds and
1515 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Reports on different earmarked matching funds
Funds and
1516 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Category-wise/Period-wise reports on Term Deposits
Funds and
1517 kept with different bank M A 10 1 10
Investment
Facility to connect to external systems like NDS,
Funds and
1518 Reuters, FIMMDA, CCIL, etc. M A 10 1 10
Investment
Different analysis like YTM, Duration Convexity, Yield
Funds and
1519 Curves M A 10 1 10
Investment
The utilities to download the data from branch
Funds and
1520 databases/Test Files/backups M A 10 1 10
Investment
The backdated transaction should be allowed for MOCs
Funds and ( Memorandum Of Changes) suggested/required before
1521 M A 10 1 10
Investment finalization of Accounts at HO

Page 124 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Consolidation of data required for reporting to various
Funds and authorities and statutory bodies in their required
1522 M A 10 1 10
Investment format (bank will make available all such formats of
reports)
System should generate the monthly progress report
General branch-wise and consolidate the same for various
1523 M A 10 2 20
Ledger branches at the nodal/link departments and Head
Office
General System should Report on Weekly reserve requirement
1524 M A 10 2 20
Ledger
Bank statistics to different departments of RBI such as
General
1525 Deposits held by different customer categories etc. M A 10 1 10
Ledger
System should Consolidate, providing flexible reporting
of user-defined financial ratios compared to similar
General
1526 ratios for the previous period, the same period last M A 10 2 20
Ledger
year and year-to-date & quarterly/half-yearly

Interfaced Transactions - System should Lists all


General transactions received from automated interfaces and
1527 M A 10 2 20
Ledger any related balancing or exception errors

System should Increase and decrease over similar


General
1528 balances to the previous year and also show budget M A 10 2 20
Ledger
variances
System should generate reports such as journals, logs,
General
1529 audits trails, transaction reports and account based M A 10 3 30
Ledger
reports
Summary Trial Balance - System should summarise
General listing of all account activity for the accounting period,
1530 M A 10 2 20
Ledger including open and posted transactions.

Transaction Register -System should lists


General transactions by user-specified ranges of periods,
1531 M A 10 1 10
Ledger accounts, transaction types, transaction dates,
amounts or any combination thereof

Page 125 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted
Ad Hoc reports - System should provide an
interactive tool for creating user- specified report that
access, select and sort on any field within the
database, calculate values including arithmatic's
General percentages, variances and statistics, create new fields
1532 and compare between columns, create multiple M A 10 3 30
Ledger
subtotals and grand totals, access current period, prior
period and prior year data, print to printer, screen or
disk , save and modify versions, and download in
standard PC/Mac spreadsheet or database format.
General System should provide Differences in inter-branch
1533 M A 10 1 10
Ledger reconciliation
System should have a function where in Sundry
General creditors / Impersonal accounts, reversal of entry
1534 M A 10 1 10
Ledger beyond 1 year should be authorized by two officials.

System should perform operation of any Entry


General
1535 outstanding more than 3 years in sundry A/C to be M A 10 1 10
Ledger
transferred to HO A/c
No debit entry to be accepted by the system on
General
1536 HO A/c or as per parameter except Transfer Price M A 10 1 10
Ledger
and P&L A/c.
All GL accounts should have scope to create Sub
General
1537 account / and any other account below the Sub a/c M A 10 1 10
Ledger
level
General All RBI/NABARD, etc. submission reports to be
1538 generated automatically
M A 10 2 20
Ledger
System should support rectification any entry, if
1539 Payroll
detected afterwards.
M A 10 1 10

1540 Payroll System should support calculation of arrear salary. M A 10 1 10


Verification of Ledger Balance of various SCBs
before allowing encahsment/clearance of the DD
1541 AIMAS M A 10 1 10
issued by the concerned participating
bank/branches.

Page 126 of 127


Requirem Availability : Marks
Sl no Module DETAILS Marks Weightage
ent A/C/U allotted

Sanction of Temporary Overdraft (TOD)for enabling


encashment/clearance of the demand draft issued
1542 AIMAS M A 10 1 10
by any participating bank/branch where sufficient
balance for encashment/clearance of the instrument
is unavailble.
Calculation and charging of interest for allowing
1543 AIMAS M A 10 1 10
overdraft.
Rate of interest for overdraft facility should be as per
1544 AIMAS M A 10 1 10
the choice of the user.
1545 Clearing Form A Generation -Items listed but not received M A 10 1 10

1546 Clearing M A 10 1 10
Form B Generation -Items received but not listed
Appreciation and Depreciation of Securities
Funds and
1547 M A 10 1 10
Investment
Reports on Cash Retention Limit, whether crossed the
Funds and
1548 limit or not. Reports should be parameterized (Day- M A 10 1 10
Investment
wise/Week-wise/Month-wise)
Reports on Balances maintained with other banks.
Funds and
1549 M A 10 1 10
Investment

Page 127 of 127